
Standard Chartered PLC - Additional Financial information
Highlights
Standard Chartered PLC (the Group) today releases its results for the year ended 31 December 2024. The following pages provide additional information related to the announcement.
Table of contents
Risk review and Capital review | |
Enterprise Risk Management Framework | 2 |
Principal risks | 8 |
Risk profile | 17 |
Capital review | 71 |
Statement of directors' responsibilities | 77 |
Shareholder information | 79 |
Page 1
Enterprise Risk Management Framework
Risk management is at the heart of banking, it is what we do. Managing risk effectively is how we drive commerce and prosperity for our clients and our communities, and it is how we grow sustainably and profitably as an organisation.
Effective risk management is essential in delivering consistent and sustainable performance for all our stakeholders and is a central part of the financial and operational management of the Group. The Group adds value to clients and the communities in which they operate by balancing risk and reward to generate returns for shareholders.
The Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) enables the Group to manage enterprise-wide risks, with the objective of maximising risk-adjusted returns while remaining within our Risk Appetite (RA). The ERMF is complemented by frameworks, policies and standards which are mainly aligned to the Principal Risk Types (PRTs), and is embedded across the Group, including its branches and subsidiaries.1 It is reviewed and approved by the Board annually, with the latest version being effective from August 2024.
Risk culture
Risk culture encompasses our general awareness, attitudes, and behaviours towards risk, as well as how risk is managed at enterprise level.
A healthy risk culture is one in which everyone takes personal responsibility to identify and assess, openly discuss, and take prompt action to address existing and emerging risks. We expect our control functions to provide oversight and challenge constructively, collaboratively, and in a timely manner on the risks owned by the first line of defence. This effort is reflected in our valued behaviours and underpinned by our Code of Conduct and Ethics.
The risks we face constantly evolve, and we must always look for ways to manage them as effectively as possible. While unfavourable outcomes will occur from time to time, a healthy risk culture means that we react quickly and transparently. We can then take the opportunity to learn from our experience and improve our framework and processes.
Strategic risk management
The Group's approach to strategic risk management includes the following:
• Risk identification: impact analyses of risks that arise from the Group's growth plans, strategic initiatives, and business model vulnerabilities are reviewed. This assesses how existing risks have evolved in terms of relative importance and whether new risks have emerged.
• Risk Appetite: impact analysis is performed to assess if strategic initiatives can be achieved within RA and highlight areas where additional RA should be considered.
• Stress testing: identified risks are used to develop scenarios for enterprise stress tests.
Roles and responsibilities
Senior Managers Regime2
Roles and responsibilities under the ERMF are aligned to the objectives of the Senior Managers Regime. The Group Chief Risk Officer (GCRO) is responsible for the overall development and maintenance of the Group's ERMF and for identifying material risks which the Group may be exposed to. The GCRO delegates effective implementation of the Risk Type Frameworks (RTF) to Risk Framework Owners (RFO), who provide second line of defence oversight for their respective PRTs.
1 The Group's ERMF and system of internal control applies only to wholly controlled subsidiaries of the Group, and not to associates, joint ventures or structured entities of the Group.
2 Senior managers refer to individuals designated as senior management functions under the FCA and PRA Senior Managers Regime.
Page 2
The Risk function
The Risk function provides oversight and challenge on the Group's risk management, ensuring that business is conducted in line with regulatory expectations. The GCRO directly manages the Risk function, which is independent from the origination, trading, and sales functions of the businesses. The Risk function is responsible for:
• proposing the RA for approval by the Board
• maintaining the ERMF, ensuring that it remains relevant and appropriate to the Group's business activities, and is effectively communicated and implemented across the Group
• ensuring that risks are properly assessed, risk and return decisions are transparent and risks are controlled in accordance with the Group's standards and RA
• overseeing and challenging the management of PRTs under the ERMF
• independence of the Risk function by ensuring that the necessary balance in making risk and return decisions is not compromised by short-term pressures to generate revenues.
The Risk function supports the Group's strategy by building a sustainable ERMF that places regulatory and compliance standards, together with culture of appropriate conduct, at the forefront of the Group's agenda.
Our Compliance, Financial Crime and Conduct Risk (CFCR) function,3 works alongside the Risk function within the ERMF to deliver a unified second line of defence. Compliance Risk and Financial Crime Risk, as PRTs, fall under the scope of the CFCR's responsibilities.
Three lines of defence model
The Group applies a three lines of defence model to its day-to-day activities for effective risk management, and to reinforce a strong governance and control environment. Typically:
• Businesses and functions engaged in or supporting revenue generating activities that own and manage risks constitute the first line of defence.
• Control functions, independent of the first line of defence, that provide oversight and challenge of risk management activities act as the second line of defence.
• Internal Audit acts as the third line of defence, providing independent assurance on the effectiveness of controls supporting the activities of the first and second lines of defence.
Each PRT has an RTF which outlines the areas of governance and risk management and is the formal mechanism through which authorities are delegated. Risk management plans, processes, activities, and resource allocations are consistent with the three lines of defence model prescribed by the ERMF.
Risk identification and assessment
Identification and assessment of potentially adverse risk events is an essential first step in managing the risks of any business or activity. To ensure consistency we use PRTs to classify our risk exposures. However, we also recognise the need to maintain a holistic perspective since:
• a single transaction or activity may give rise to multiple types of risk exposure
• risk concentrations may arise from multiple exposures that are closely correlated
• a given risk exposure may change its form from one risk type to another.
There are also sources of risk that arise beyond our own operations, such as the Group's dependency on suppliers for the provision of services and technology.
As the Group remains accountable for risks arising from the actions of such third parties, failure to adequately monitor and manage these relationships could materially impact the Group's ability to operate.
3 From 1 January 2025, our Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance (CFCC) function was renamed as Compliance, Financial Crime and Conduct Risk (CFCR).
Page 3
The Group maintains a taxonomy of risks inherent to the strategy and business model, as well as a risk inventory which captures identified risks, including the Topical and Emerging Risks (TERs) to which the Group is or might be exposed to. Multiple identification and assessment techniques are used to ensure breadth and depth of understanding of the internal and external risk environment, as well as potential opportunities. A risk assessment of the corporate plan is undertaken annually, supplemented by risk assessments of new initiatives. Risk identification findings inform the related risk oversight process, and most importantly RA and controls setting, scenario selection and design, and model refinement and development.
The GCRO and the Group Risk Committee (GRC) regularly review reports on the risk profile for the PRTs, adherence to Group RA, stress test results and the Group risk inventory including TERs.
Risk Appetite and profile
The Group recognises the following constraints which determine the risks that we are willing to take in pursuit of our strategy and the development of a sustainable business:
• Risk capacity is the maximum level of risk the Group can assume, given its current capabilities and resources, before breaching constraints determined by capital and liquidity requirements or the internal operational environment, or otherwise failing to meet the expectations of regulator and law enforcement agencies.
• RA is defined by the Group and approved by the Board. It is the boundary for the risk that the Group is willing to undertake to achieve its strategic objectives and corporate plan. We set RA to enable us to grow sustainably while managing our risks, giving confidence to our stakeholders. The Group RA is supplemented by risk control tools such as granular level limits, policies, and standards to maintain the Group's risk profile within approved RA.
The Board is responsible for approving the RA Statements, which are underpinned by a set of financial and operational control parameters known as RA metrics and their associated thresholds. These set boundaries for the aggregate risk exposures that can be taken across the Group.
The Group RA is reviewed bi-annually to ensure that it is fit for purpose and aligned with strategy, with focus given to new or emerging risks.
Risk Appetite Statement
The Group's objective is to not compromise adherence with its RA in order to pursue revenue growth or higher returns.
See the table for the set of RA Statements.
Stress testing
The objective of stress testing is to support the Group in assessing that it:
• does not have exposure to excessive risk concentrations that could produce unacceptably high losses under severe but plausible scenarios
• has sufficient financial resources to withstand severe but plausible scenarios
• has the financial flexibility to respond to extreme but plausible scenarios
• understands key business model risks and considers what kind of event might crystallise those risks - even if extreme and with a low likelihood of occurring
• identifies, as required, actions to mitigate the likelihood or impact of those events
• has set RA metrics at appropriate levels.
Enterprise stress tests incorporate capital and liquidity adequacy stress tests, including recovery and resolution, as well as reverse stress tests.
Stress tests are performed at the Group, country, business, and portfolio level under a wide range of risks and at varying degrees of severity. Unless specifically set by the regulator, scenario design is a bespoke process that aims to explore risks that can adversely impact the Group.
The Board delegates approval of the Bank of England (BoE) stress test submissions to the Board Risk Committee (BRC), which reviews the recommendations from the GRC. Based on the stress test results, the Group Chief Financial Officer (GCFO) and GCRO can recommend strategic actions to the Board to ensure that the Group's strategy remains within RA.
Page 4
In addition, analysis is run at the PRT level to assess specific risks and concentrations that the Group may be exposed to. These include qualitative assessments such as stressing of credit sectors or portfolios, and quantitative assessments such as potential losses from severe but plausible market risk scenarios or internal stressed liquidity metrics.
Stress testing plays a critical role in assessing the potential impact on portfolio values of extreme but plausible scenarios, leading to potential losses typically much larger than those predicted by the Value at Risk (VaR) model. The Group uses historical and forward-looking scenarios. A common set of scenarios is used across all legal entities complemented in some cases with entity-specific scenarios. RA for market risk stress losses is set at the Group as well as legal entity level.
Non-financial risk types are also stressed to assess the necessary capital requirements under the Operational and Technology RTF.
The Group has also undertaken a number of Climate Risk stress tests, both those mandated by regulators as well as management scenarios.
Principal Risk Types
PRTs are those risks that are inherent in our strategy and business model and have been formally defined in the Group's ERMF. These risks are managed through distinct RTFs which are approved by the GCRO.
The PRTs and associated RA Statements are reviewed annually. The table below shows the Group's current PRTs, their definition and RA Statement.
Principal Risk Types | Definition | Risk Appetite Statement |
Credit Risk | Potential for loss due to failure of a counterparty to meet its agreed obligations to pay the Group. | The Group manages its credit exposures following the principle of diversification across products, geographies, client segments and industry sectors. |
Traded Risk | Potential for loss resulting from activities undertaken by the Group in financial markets. | The Group should control its financial markets activities to ensure that market and counterparty credit risk losses do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
Treasury Risk | Potential for insufficient capital, liquidity, or funding to support our operations, the risk of reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items and the potential for losses from a shortfall in the Group's pension plans. | The Group should maintain sufficient capital, liquidity and funding to support its operations, and an interest rate profile ensuring that the reductions in earnings or value from movements in interest rates impacting banking book items does not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. In addition, the Group should ensure its pension plans are adequately funded. |
Operational and Technology Risk | Potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, technology events, human error, or from the impact of external events (including legal risks). | The Group aims to control operational and technology risks to ensure that operational losses (financial or reputational), including any related to the conduct of business matters, do not cause material damage to the Group's franchise. |
Information and Cyber Security (ICS) Risk | Risk to the Group's assets, operations, and individuals due to the potential for unauthorised access, use, disclosure, disruption, modification, or destruction of information assets and/or information systems. | The Group aims to mitigate and control ICS risks to ensure that incidents do not cause the Bank material harm, business disruption, financial loss or reputational damage - recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
Financial Crime Risk4 | Potential for legal or regulatory penalties, material financial loss or reputational damage resulting from the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to international sanctions, anti-money laundering and anti-bribery and corruption, and fraud. | The Group has no appetite for breaches of laws and regulations related to Financial Crime, recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
Compliance Risk | Potential for penalties or loss to the Group or for an adverse impact to our clients, stakeholders or to the integrity of the markets we operate in through a failure on our part to comply with laws, or regulations. | The Group has no appetite for breaches of laws and regulations related to regulatory non-compliance; recognising that while incidents are unwanted, they cannot be entirely avoided. |
Environmental, Social and Governance | Potential or actual adverse impact on the environment and/or society, the Group's financial performance, operations, or the Group's name, brand or standing, arising from environmental, social or governance factors, or as a result of the Group's actual or perceived actions or inactions. | The Group aims to measure and manage financial and non-financial risks arising from climate change, reduce emissions in line with our net zero strategy and protect the Group from material reputational damage by upholding responsible conduct and striving to do no significant environmental and social harm. |
Model Risk | Potential loss that may occur because of decisions or the risk of misestimation that could be principally based on the output of models, due to errors in the development, implementation, or use of such models. | The Group has no appetite for material adverse implications arising from misuse of models or errors in the development or implementation of models; while accepting some model uncertainty. |
4 Fraud forms part of the Financial Crime RA Statement but, in line with market practice, does not apply a zero-tolerance approach.
Page 5
As of November 2024, the Climate Risk RA Statement was integrated into the ESGR PRT.
ERMF effectiveness reviews
The GCRO is responsible for annually affirming the effectiveness of the ERMF to the BRC via an effectiveness review. This review is based on the principle of evidence-based self-assessments for all the RTFs and relevant policies. A top-down review and challenge of the results is conducted by the GCRO with all RFOs and an opinion on the internal control environment is provided by Internal Audit.
The ERMF effectiveness review measures year-on-year progress. The key outcomes of the 2024 review are:
• Continued focus on embedding the ERMF across the organisation.
• Financial risks continue to be effectively managed, and the Group is making good progress in embedding non-financial risk management.
• Self-assessments performed in branches and banking subsidiaries reflect the embeddedness of the ERMF. Country and cluster risk committees continue to play an active role in overseeing and managing risks across our footprint markets.
Ongoing effectiveness reviews allow for a structured approach to identify improvement opportunities and build plans to address them.
In 2025, the Group aims to further strengthen its risk management practices by improving the management of non-financial risks within its businesses, functions and across our footprint. As the regulatory environment continuously changes, the Group constantly monitors regulatory developments and take proactive actions for compliance.
Executive and Board risk oversight
Overview
The corporate governance and committee structure helps the Group to conduct our business. The Board has ultimate responsibility for risk management and approves the ERMF based on the recommendation of the BRC, which also recommends the Group RA Statement for all PRTs and other risks. In addition to the BRC and Audit Committee, the Culture and Sustainability Committee oversees the Group's culture and key sustainability priorities.
Group Risk Committee
The GRC, which derives its authority from the GCRO, is responsible for ensuring the effective management of risk throughout the Group in support of the Group's strategy. The GCRO chairs the GRC, whose members are drawn from the Group Management Team. The GRC oversees the effective implementation of the ERMF for the Group, including the delegation of any part of its authorities to appropriate individuals or sub-committees.
Group Risk Committee sub-committees | Chair | Roles and responsibilities |
Group Non-Financial Risk Committee (GNFRC) | Global Head, Operational, Technology and Cyber Risk | Governs the in-scope non-financial risks throughout the Group in support of the ERMF and the Group's strategy. |
Group Financial Crime Risk Committee (GFCRC) | Group Head, CFCR | Ensures that the Financial Crime Risk profile (excluding Fraud Risk and Secondary Reputational Risk arising from Financial Crime Risk) is managed within RA and policies. |
Group Responsibility and Reputational Risk Committee (GRRRC) | GCRO | Ensures the effective management of Reputational and Sustainability Risk across the Group. This includes providing oversight of matters arising from clients, products, transactions and strategic coverage-related decisions and matters escalated by the respective RFOs. |
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) 9 Impairment Committee (IIC) | Co-chaired by the Global Head Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) and Group Head, Central Finance | Ensures the effective management of expected credit loss (ECL) computations, as well as stage allocation of financial assets for quarterly financial reporting. |
Model Risk Committee (MRC) | Global Head, ERM | To support the Group strategy by ensuring the effective measurement and management of Model Risk in line with internal policies and model RA. |
Investment Committee | Global Head of Stressed Assets Risk | Ensures the optimised wind-down of the Group's non-core direct investment activities in equities, quasi-equities (excluding mezzanine), funds and other alternative investments (excluding debt/debt-like instruments). |
SC Ventures (SCV) Risk Committee | CRO, SCV who receives authority directly from the GCRO | Oversees the effective management of risk throughout SCV and the portfolio of controlled entities operating under SCV. |
Climate Risk Management Committee (CRMC) | Global Head, ERM | Oversees the effective implementation of the Group's Climate Risk workplan, including relevant regulatory requirements. This includes embedding Climate |
Page 6
Group Risk Committee sub-committees | Chair | Roles and responsibilities |
| | Risk and net zero oversight across Group businesses, as part of the Group's commitment to manage Climate Risk related financial and non-financial risks. |
Regulatory Interpretation Committee (RIC) | Co-chaired by the Global Head ERM and Group Head, Central Finance | Provides oversight of material regulatory interpretations for the Capital Requirements Regulation (as amended by UK legislation), the Prudential Regulatory Authority (PRA) rulebook and other relevant regulations impacting Group regulatory capital calculations and reporting. The areas and risk types in scope are credit risk, traded risk, operational risk, large exposures, leverage ratio and securitisation. |
Digital Assets Risk Committee (DRC) | CRO, SC Ventures & Global Head, Digital Asset Risk | Oversees effective risk management of the Digital Assets (DA) Risk profile of the Group. This includes providing oversight and subject matter expertise of DA Risk matters across the PRTs. |
Corporate & Investment Banking Financial Risk Committee (CIBFRC) | Co-Heads CRO CIB and CRO, ASEAN & South Asia | Ensures the effective management of financial risk throughout CIB in support of the Group's strategy. |
Wealth & Retail Banking Risk Committee (WRBRC) | Chief Risk Officer, WRB & GCNA | Ensures the effective management of risk throughout WRB in support of the Group's strategy. |
HK & GCNA Risk Committee (HK&GCNA RC) | CRO, Hong Kong & GCNA | These committees ensure the effective management of risk in the clusters in support of the Group's strategy. |
SG & ASEAN Risk Committee (SG&ASEAN RC) | CRO, Singapore & ASEAN | |
Standard Chartered Bank (SCB) India Country Risk Committee (CRC & CNFRC) | CRO, India & South Asia | |
UK & Europe Risk Committee (UK & ERC) | CRO & Chief Credit Officer, Europe | |
Americas Risk Committee (ARC) | CRO, Americas | |
Middle East and Pakistan Risk Committee (MEPRC) | CRO & Regional CCO AME | |
Africa Risk Committee | CRO & Regional CCO AME |
Group Asset and Liability Committee
The Group Asset and Liability Committee (GALCO) is chaired by the GCFO. Its members are drawn principally from the Management Team. GALCO is responsible for determining the Group's balance sheet strategy and ensuring that, in executing the Group's strategy, the Group operates within RA and regulatory requirements relating to capital, loss-absorbing capacity, liquidity, leverage, Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book (IRRBB), Banking Book Basis Risk and Structural Foreign Exchange Risk. It also monitors the structural impact of decisions around sustainable finance, net zero and climate risk. GALCO is also responsible for ensuring that internal and external recovery planning requirements are met.
Page 7
Principal risks
We manage and control our PRTs through distinct RTFs, policies and RA.
Changes impacting PRTs in 2024
In May 2024, to further align with our risk strategy and promote consistency and efficiency, the Operational and Technology Risk and Information and Cyber Security Risk teams were unified under the Operational, Technology and Cyber Risk (OTCR) function. The PRT disclosures and RA Statements for ICS Risk and Operational and Technology Risk remain separate.
Following Tracey McDermott's retirement as Group Head, Conduct, Financial Crime and Compliance at the end of 2024, David Howes has been appointed as Group Head, Compliance, Financial Crime and Conduct Risk (CFCR) from 1 January 2025 and will assume Senior Manager responsibilities for Financial Crime, including the Group Entity Senior Manager Function, Compliance Oversight Function (SMF16) and Money Laundering Reporting Officer (MLRO) role (SMF 17).
Credit Risk
Mitigation
Segment-specific policies are in place for Corporate & Investment Banking (CIB) and Wealth & Retail Banking (WRB) which set the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end credit process covering initiation, assessment, documentation, approval, monitoring and governance.
The Group also sets out standards for the eligibility, enforceability, and effectiveness of mitigation arrangements. Potential losses are mitigated using a range of tools, such as collateral, netting agreements, credit insurance, credit derivatives and guarantees.
Risk mitigants are carefully assessed for their market value, legal enforceability, correlation, and counterparty risk of the protection provider. Collateral is valued prior to drawdown and regularly thereafter as required, to reflect current market conditions, the probability of recovery and the period of time to realise the collateral in the event of liquidation. The Group also seeks to diversify its collateral holdings across asset classes and markets.
Where guarantees, credit insurance, standby letters of credit or credit derivatives are used as Credit Risk mitigation, the creditworthiness of the protection provider is assessed and monitored using the same credit process applied to the obligor.
Monitoring
The Group regularly monitors credit exposures, portfolio performance, external trends and emerging risks that may impact risk management outcomes. Internal risk management reports that are presented to risk committees contain information on key political and economic trends across major portfolios and countries, portfolio delinquency and loan impairment performance.
In CIB, clients and portfolios are subject to additional review when they display signs of actual or potential weakness; for example, where there is a decline in the client's position within their industry, financial deterioration, a breach of covenants, or non-performance of an obligation within the stipulated period. Such accounts are subject to a dedicated process overseen by the Credit Issues Committee in the relevant countries where client account strategies and credit grades are re-evaluated. In addition, remedial actions can be undertaken, such as placing accounts on early alert for exposure reduction, security enhancement or exiting the account. Credit-impaired accounts are managed by the Group's specialist recovery unit, Stressed Asset Group (SAG), which is independent of the Client Coverage/Relationship Managers. The Stressed Asset Risk (SAR) Group is the second line risk unit.
On an annual basis, senior members from the CIB business and Risk participate in a more extensive portfolio review (known as the 'industry portfolio review') for certain industry groups. In addition to a review of the portfolio information, this industry portfolio review incorporates industry outlook, key elements of the business strategy, RA, credit profile and emerging and horizon risks. A summary of these industry portfolio reviews is also shared with the CIB Financial Risk Committee.
Page 8
For WRB, exposures and collateral monitoring are performed at the counterparty and/or portfolio level across different client segments to ensure transactions and portfolio exposures remain within RA. Portfolio delinquency trends are also monitored. Accounts that are past due (or perceived as high risk but not yet past due) are subject to collections or recovery processes managed by a specialist independent function. In some countries, aspects of collections and recovery activities are outsourced. For discretionary lending portfolios, similar processes to those of CIB are followed.
Any material in-country developments that may impact sovereign ratings are monitored closely by Country Risk within the ERM function. The Country Risk Early Warning system, a triage-based risk identification system, categorises countries based on a forward-looking view of possible downgrades and the potential incremental risk-weighted assets (RWA) impact.
In addition, an independent Credit Risk review team within the ERM function performs assessments of the Credit Risk profiles at various portfolio levels. They focus on selected countries and segments through deep dives, comparative analysis, and review and challenge of the basis of credit approvals. The review aims to ensure that the evolving Credit Risk profiles of CIB and WRB are well managed within RA and policies. Results of the reviews are reported to the GRC and BRC.
Credit rating and measurement
All credit proposals are subject to a robust credit risk assessment. It includes a comprehensive evaluation of the client's credit quality, including willingness, ability, and capacity to repay. The primary lending consideration for counterparties is based on their credit quality and operating cash flows, while for individual borrowers it is based on personal income or wealth. The risk assessment gives due consideration to the client's liquidity and leverage position.
Where applicable, the assessment includes a detailed analysis of the Credit Risk mitigation arrangements to determine the level of reliance on such arrangements as the secondary source of repayment in the event of a significant deterioration in a client's credit quality leading to default. Client income, net worth, and the liquidity of asset by class are considered for overall risk assessment for wealth lending. Wealth lending credit limits are subject to the availability of qualified collateral.
A standard alphanumeric Credit Risk grade system is used for CIB, whereby credit grades 1 to 12 are assigned to performing customers, and credit grades 13 and 14 are assigned to non-performing or defaulted customers.
WRB internal ratings-based portfolios use application and behavioural credit scores that are calibrated to generate a probability of default. The Risk Decision Framework uses a credit rating system to define the portfolio/new booking segmentation, shape and decision criteria for the unsecured consumer business segment.
Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) models cover the majority of our exposures and are used in assessing risks at a customer and portfolio level, setting strategy, and optimising our risk-return decisions. The Model Risk Committee (MRC) approves material internal ratings-based risk measurement models. Prior to review and approval, all internal ratings-based models are validated by an independent model validation team. Reviews are also triggered if the performance of a model deteriorates materially against predetermined thresholds, measured through the ongoing model performance monitoring process.
We adopt the AIRB approach under the Basel regulatory framework to calculate Credit Risk capital requirements for the majority of our exposures. The Group has also established a global programme to assess capital requirements necessary to be implemented to meet the latest revised Basel III regulation (referred to as Basel 3.1 or Basel IV).
Credit Concentration Risk
Credit Concentration Risk for CIB is managed through concentration limits covering large exposure limit to a single counterparty or a group of connected counterparties (based on control and economic dependence criteria), or at portfolio level for multiple exposures that are closely correlated. Portfolio RA metrics are set, where appropriate, by industry, products, tenor, collateralisation level, top clients, and exposure to holding companies.
For concentrations that are material at a Group level, breaches and potential breaches are monitored by the respective governance committees and reported to the GRC and BRC.
Page 9
Credit impairment
For CIB, in line with the regulatory guidelines, Stage 3 expected credit loss (ECL) is considered when an obligor is more than 90 days past due on any amount payable to the Group, or the obligor has symptoms of unlikeliness to pay its credit obligations in full as they fall due. These credit-impaired accounts are managed by SAG.
In WRB, loans to individuals and small businesses are considered credit-impaired as soon as any payment of interest or principal is 90 days overdue or they meet other objective evidence of impairment, such as bankruptcy, debt restructuring, fraud, or death, with unlikely continuation of contractual payments. Financial assets are written off, in the amount that is determined to be irrecoverable, when they meet conditions set such that empirical evidence suggests the client is unlikely to meet their contractual obligations, or a loss of principal is reasonably expected.
Estimating the amount and timing of future recoveries involves significant judgement and considers the assessment of matters such as future economic conditions and the value of collateral, for which there may not be a readily accessible market. The total amount of the Group's impairment provision is inherently uncertain, being sensitive to changes in economic and credit conditions across the markets in which the Group operates.
Underwriting
The underwriting of securities and loans is in scope of the CIB RA. Additional limits approved by the GCRO are set on sectoral concentration and maximum holding period. The Underwriting Committee, under the authority of the GCRO, approves individual proposals to underwrite new security issues and loans for our clients. In July 2024, oversight of the Underwriting Committee was transferred from Traded Risk to CIB Credit Risk.
Traded Risk
Mitigation
Traded Risk limits are defined at a level which aims to ensure that the Group remains within RA. The Traded Risk Policy sets the principles that must be followed for the end-to-end traded risk management process including limit setting, risk capture and measurement, limit monitoring and escalation, risk mitigation and stress testing. Policies are reviewed and approved by the Global Head, Traded Risk Management periodically to ensure their ongoing effectiveness.
Market Risk measurement
The Group uses a VaR model to measure the risk of losses arising from future potential adverse movements in market rates, prices, and volatilities. VaR is a quantitative measure of market risk that applies recent historical market conditions to estimate the potential future loss in market value that will not be exceeded in a set time period at a set statistical confidence level.
VaR provides a consistent measure that can be applied across trading businesses and products over time and can be set against actual daily trading profit and loss outcomes.
For day-to-day risk management, VaR is calculated as at the close of business, generally at UK time for expected market movements over one business day and to a confidence level of 97.5 per cent. Intra-day risk levels may vary from those reported at the end of the day.
The Group applies two VaR methodologies:
• Historical simulation: this involves the revaluation of all existing positions to reflect the effect of historically observed changes in Market Risk factors on the valuation of the current portfolio. This approach is applied for general Market Risk factors and the majority of specific (credit spread) risk factors. The enhanced Volatility Scaling VaR (VSV) model went live in January 2025, where risk factors' returns are scaled to reflect historical volatility. The VSV model is more responsive to volatility changes observed in the market.
• Monte Carlo simulation: this methodology is similar to historical simulation but with considerably more input risk factor observations. These are generated by random sampling techniques, but the results retain the essential variability and correlations of historically observed risk factor changes. This approach is applied for capturing the idiosyncratic credit spread risk factors.
Page 10
As an input to regulatory capital, trading book VaR is calculated for expected movements over 10 business days and to a confidence level of 99 per cent. Some types of market risk are not captured in the regulatory VaR measure and these risks not in VaR are subject to capital add-ons.
Counterparty Credit Risk measurement
A Potential Future Exposure (PFE) model is used to measure the credit exposure arising from the positive mark-to-market of traded products. The PFE model provides a quantitative estimate of future potential movements in market rates, prices, and volatilities at a certain confidence level over different time horizons based on the tenor of the transactions.
The Group applies two PFE methodologies: simulation based, which is predominantly used, and an add-on based PFE methodology.
Monitoring
Traded Risk Management monitors the overall portfolio risk and ensures that it is within specified limits and therefore RA. Limits are typically reviewed twice a year.
All material Traded Risks are monitored daily against approved limits. Traded Risk limits apply at all times unless separate intra-day limits have been set.
Treasury Risk
Mitigation
The Group develops policies to address material Treasury Risks and aims to maintain its risk profile within RA. In order to do this, metrics are set against Capital Risk, Liquidity and Funding Risk and IRRBB. Where appropriate, RA metrics are cascaded down to clusters and countries in the form of limits and management action triggers.
Capital Risk
In order to manage Capital Risk, strategic business and capital plans (Corporate Plan) are drawn up covering a five-year horizon and are approved by the Board annually. The plan ensures that adequate levels of capital, including loss-absorbing capacity, and an efficient mix of the different components of capital are maintained to support our strategy and business plans.
Treasury is responsible for the ongoing assessment of the demand for capital and the updating of the Group's capital plan.
RA metrics including capital, leverage, minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liability (MREL) and double leverage are assessed within the Corporate Plan to ensure that the strategy can be achieved within risk tolerances.
Structural Foreign Exchange (FX) Risk
The Group's structural FX position results from the Group's non-US dollar investment in the share capital and reserves of subsidiaries and branches. The FX translation gains or losses are recorded in the Group's translation reserves with a direct impact on the Group's Common Equity Tier 1 ratio.
The Group contracts hedges to manage its structural FX position in accordance with the RA, and as a result the Group has taken net investment hedges to partially cover its exposure to certain non-US dollar currencies to mitigate the FX impact of such positions on its capital ratios.
Liquidity and Funding Risk
At Group, cluster and country level we implement various business-as-usual and stress risk metrics to monitor and manage Liquidity and Funding risk. This ensures that the Group maintains an adequate and well-diversified liquidity buffer, as well as a stable funding base, to meet its liquidity and funding regulatory requirements.
The risk management approach and RA are assessed annually through the Internal Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process. A funding plan is also developed for efficient liquidity projections to ensure that the Group is adequately funded in the required currencies, to meet its obligations and client funding needs. The funding plan is part of the overall Corporate Plan process aligning to the capital requirements.
Page 11
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
This risk arises from differences in the repricing profile, interest rate basis, and optionality of banking book assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items. IRRBB represents an economic and commercial risk to the Group and its capital adequacy. The Group monitors IRRBB against the RA.
Pension Risk
Pension Risk is the potential for loss due to having to meet an actuarially assessed shortfall in the Group's pension plans. Pension Risk arises from the Group's contractual or other liabilities with respect to its occupational pension plans or other long-term benefit obligation. For a funded plan, it represents the risk that additional contributions will need to be made because of a future funding shortfall. For unfunded obligations, it represents the risk that the cost of meeting future benefit payments is greater than currently anticipated.
The Pension Risk is monitored against the RA and reported to the GRC. The RA metric is calculated as the total capital requirement (including both Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A capital) in respect of Pension Risk, expressed as a number of basis points of RWA.
Recovery and resolution planning
In line with PRA requirements, the Group maintains a Recovery Plan, which is a live document to be used by management in the event of stress in order to restore the Group to a stable and sustainable position. The Recovery Plan includes a set of recovery indicators, an escalation framework, and a set of management actions capable of being implemented during a stress. A Recovery Plan is also maintained within each major entity, and all Recovery Plans are subject to periodic fire-drill testing.
As the UK resolution authority, the BoE set a single point of entry bail-in at the ultimate holding company level (Standard Chartered PLC) as the preferred resolution strategy for the Group. In support of this strategy, the Group has a set of capabilities, arrangements, and resources in place to maintain, test and improve resolution capabilities, and continue to meet the required resolvability outcomes on an ongoing basis.
Following the BoE's first resolvability assessment and public disclosure for major UK firms in 2022, the Group submitted its Resolvability Self-Assessment Report to the BoE and PRA, and subsequently published its resolvability public disclosure in August 2024 as part of the second Resolvability Assessment Framework cycle.
Monitoring
On a day-to-day basis, Treasury Risk is managed by Treasury, Finance and country CEOs. The Group regularly reports and monitors Treasury Risk inherent in its business activities and those that arise from internal and external events.
Internal risk management reports covering the balance sheet and the capital and liquidity position are presented to the relevant country Asset and Liability Committee. The reports contain key information on balance sheet trends, exposures against RA and supporting risk measures which enable members to make informed decisions around the overall management of the balance sheet. In addition, an independent Treasury CRO within ERM reviews the prudency and effectiveness of Treasury Risk management.
Pension Risk is managed by the Head of Pensions and Reward Analytics, and monitored by the Global Head, ERM on a periodic basis.
Operational and Technology Risk
Mitigation
The Operational and Technology RTF sets out the Group's overall approach to the management of Operational and Technology Risk in line with the Group's Operational and Technology RA. This is supported by the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA), which provides a systematic approach for identification and assessment of operational risks, including design and operation of mitigating controls (applicable to all risks as per the Non-Financial Risk Taxonomy).
The RCSA is used to determine the design and operating effectiveness of each process, and requires:
• the recording of end-to-end processes which deliver our key client journey and business outcomes
Page 12
• the identification of risks to support the achievement of client and business outcomes
• the assessment of inherent risk on the impact to client and business outcomes, and likelihood of occurrence
• the design and monitoring of key controls to effectively and efficiently mitigate prioritised risks within acceptable levels and
• the assessment of residual risk and timely treatment of elevated risks.
Elevated Residual Risks require treatment plans to address the underlying causes and reduce the risks to within the RA.
Monitoring
To deliver services to clients and to participate in the financial services sector, the Group runs processes which are exposed to Operational and Technology risks. The Group prioritises and manages risks which are significant to our clients and to the financial services sectors. The control indicators are regularly monitored to determine the Group's exposure to residual risk.
The residual risk assessments and reporting of events form the Group's Operational and Technology Risk profile. The completeness of the Operational and Technology Risk profile ensures appropriate prioritisation and timeliness of risk decisions, including risk acceptances with treatment plans for risks that exceed acceptable thresholds.
The BRC is informed on adherence to Operational and Technology RA through metrics reported for selected risks. These metrics are monitored, and escalation thresholds are devised based on the materiality and significance of the risk. These Operational and Technology RA metrics are consolidated on a regular basis and reported at the relevant Group committees, providing senior management with the relevant information to inform their risk decisions.
Information and Cyber Security (ICS) Risk
Mitigation
ICS Risk is managed through the ICS RTF, comprising a risk assessment methodology and supporting policy, standards, and methodologies. The ICS Policy and standards are aligned to industry best practice models including the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cyber Security Framework and ISO 27001. We undertake an annual ICS Effectiveness Review to evaluate ICS Risk management practices in alignment with the ERMF.
Monitoring
The Group Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) function monitors the evolving threat landscape covering cyber threats, attack vectors and threat actors that could target the Group. This includes performing a threat-led risk assessment to identify key threats, in-scope applications and key controls required to ensure the Group remains within RA.
The ICS Risk profiles of all businesses, functions and countries are consolidated to present a holistic Group-level ICS Risk profile for ongoing monitoring. Mandatory ICS learning, phishing exercises and role-specific training support colleagues to monitor and manage this risk.
During these reviews, the status of each risk is assessed against the Group's controls to identify any changes to impact and likelihood, which affects the overall risk rating.
The Group stress tests its cyber posture through extensive control testing and by executing offensive security testing exercises, including vulnerability testing, code reviews, penetration tests and Red Team attack simulation testing. This testing approach constantly stress tests the Group's defence and approach to cyber security. These show a wider picture of the Group's risk profile, leading to better visibility on potential 'in flight' risks. The Group also tracks remediation of security matters identified by external reviews, such as the BoE CBEST Threat Intelligence-Led Assessment and the Hong Kong Monetary Authority's (HKMA) Intelligence-led Cyber Attack Simulation Testing (iCAST).
The CISO and OTCR functions monitor the ICS Risk profile and ensure that breaches of RA are escalated to the appropriate governance committee or authority levels for remediation and tracking.
Page 13
Financial Crime Risk
Roles and responsibilities
The Group Head, CFCR is the Group's Compliance and Money-Laundering Reporting Officer and performs the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) controlled function and senior management function in accordance with requirements set out by the FCA, including those set out in their handbook on systems and controls.
Mitigation
The CFCR function is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of policies, standards, and oversight of first line of defence controls to ensure continued compliance with financial crime laws and regulations, and the mitigation of Financial Crime Risk. In this, the requirements of the Operational and Technology RTF are followed to ensure a consistent approach to the management of processes and controls.
Financial Crime Risk management is built on a risk-based approach, meaning the risk management plans, processes, activities, and resource allocations are determined according to the level of risk.
Risk mitigation takes place through the process of identification of new and amended regulations and the implementation of necessary process and control changes to address these.
Monitoring
The Group monitors enterprise-wide financial crime risks through the Financial Crime Risk Assessment. This is undertaken annually to assess the inherent financial crime risk exposures and the associated processes and controls by which these exposures are mitigated.
Financial Crime Risk controls are governed in line with the Operational and Technology RTF. The Group has a monitoring and reporting process in place for Financial Crime Risk, which includes escalation and reporting to the CFCR and relevant risk committees.
While not a formal governance committee, the CFCR Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCR risks including the effective implementation of the Financial Crime RTF. It also provides oversight, challenge and direction to CFCR policy owners on material changes and positions taken in CFCR-owned policies, including issues relating to regulatory interpretation and Group's CFCR RA. The Regulatory Change Oversight Forum provides visibility and oversight of material and/or complex large-scale regulatory change emanating from financial services regulators impacting non-financial risks.
Compliance Risk
Roles and responsibilities
All activities that the Group engages in must comply with the relevant country/local specific and extraterritorial regulations.
Compliance Risk includes the risks associated with a failure to comply with all regulations that are applicable to the Group regardless of the issuing regulatory authority. Where Compliance Risk arises, or could arise, from failure to manage another PRT, the oversight and management processes for that specific PRT must be followed, to ensure that effective oversight and challenge of the first line of defence can be provided by the appropriate second line of defence function.
Areas of regulation can be broadly divided into two distinct categories: those issued by financial service regulatory authorities and those issued by non-financial service regulators. The Group is exposed to both categories of regulation, and roles and responsibilities differ depending on the category. For regulations issued by financial services regulatory authorities and other regulators that may issue regulations pertaining to Compliance Risk, CFCR identifies new and amended regulations as and when issued and communicates the relevant regulatory obligations to the country RFO delegate. The areas where CFCR does not act in a second line of defence capacity are specified in the respective RTF with appropriate ownership.
Each of the assigned second line of defence functions have responsibilities, including monitoring relevant regulatory developments from non-financial services regulators at both Group and country levels, policy development, implementation, and validation as well as oversight and challenge of first line of defence processes and controls.
Page 14
Mitigation
The CFCR function is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of policies, standards, and oversight of the first line of defence controls to ensure compliance with laws and regulations, and the mitigation of Compliance Risk. In this, the requirements of the Operational and Technology RTF are followed to ensure a consistent approach to the management of processes and controls.
Monitoring
The monitoring of controls designed to mitigate the risk of regulatory non-compliance in processes is governed in line with the Operational and Technology RTF. Compliance Risk reporting includes escalation and reporting to the CFCR and relevant risk committees.
While not a formal governance committee, the CFCR Oversight Group provides oversight of CFCR, risks including the effective implementation of the Compliance RTF, and oversight, challenge and direction to CFCR policy owners on material changes and positions taken in CFCR-owned policies, including issues relating to regulatory interpretation and the Group's CFCR RA. The Regulatory Change Oversight Forum provides visibility and oversight of material and/or complex large-scale regulatory change emanating from financial services regulators impacting non-financial risks.
Environmental, Social and Governance and Reputational (ESGR) Risk
Mitigation
The ESGR RTF provides the overall risk management approach for Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) and Reputational risks.
The ESG Risk policy outlines the Group's commitment to integrating ESG considerations into its business, operations, and decision-making process. The policy sets out the requirements for identifying, assessing, and managing ESG risks, including Climate Risk.
The Reputational Risk policy sets out the principal sources of reputational risk driven by negative shifts in stakeholder perceptions, as well as the responsibilities for managing Reputational Risk arising out of client onboarding and due diligence, from transactions, product design and product features, or strategic coverages such as exposure to sensitive industries, markets, or investments. Whenever potential for stakeholder concerns is identified, issues are subject to review and decision by both the first and second lines of defence. The Reputational Risk policy also sets out the key considerations for mitigating greenwashing risk that can arise during product and/or deal lifecycle, sustainability reporting and disclosures, and external campaigns related to sustainability themes.
Monitoring
Exposure to reputational risks arising from transactions, clients, products and strategic coverage is monitored through established triggers to prompt the appropriate risk-based considerations and assessment by the first line of defence and escalations to the second line of defence. Risk acceptance decisions and thematic trends are also reviewed on a periodic basis.
Exposure to ESG Risks is monitored through triggers embedded within the first line of defence processes. The environmental and social risks are considered for clients and transactions via Environmental and Social Risk Assessments and/or Climate Risk Assessments (CRAs). Vendors that are presenting as high risk are assessed for modern slavery risk. Based on responses provided by the supplier at onboarding, those that meet the high-risk category-country combinations are subjected to further risk assessment.
Exposure to Climate Risk is monitored in conjunction with other PRTs. We have embedded qualitative and quantitative climate considerations into the Group's Credit Underwriting Principles for Oil and Gas, Mining, Shipping, Commercial Real Estate and Project Finance portfolio. We have expanded coverage of Climate and Credit Risk considerations to physical collateral, as they serve as key risk mitigants, especially in default events. We assess physical risk concentrations for our WRB portfolio on a quarterly basis and assess the physical risk vulnerabilities of our sites periodically and when new sites are onboarded.
Page 15
Our Net Zero Climate Risk Working Forum meets quarterly to discuss account plans for high climate risk and net zero divergent clients. Stress testing and scenario analysis are used to assess the impact of ESGR-related risks. The impact on capital requirements has been included in the PLC Group Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process. Management information is reviewed at a quarterly frequency and any breaches in RA are reported to the GRC and BRC.
Model Risk
Mitigation
The Model Risk Policy and Standards define requirements for model development, validation, implementation and use, including regular model performance monitoring and, where required, model risk mitigants.
Model deficiencies identified through the development or validation process, or model performance issues identified through ongoing monitoring, are mitigated through respective model risk mitigants. Mitigants include model overlays as either post-model adjustments (PMAs) or management adjustments, model restrictions and potentially a model recalibration or redevelopment, all of which undergo independent review, challenge, and approval. PMAs are used to address observed deficiencies caused from within the model, by adjusting the model output either directly or indirectly (e.g. adjusting parameters). Where a PMA is applied as a mitigant for a model used in Pillar 1 or Pillar 2 calculations or models with material impact on financial accounting disclosures (e.g. IFRS 9), the independent review must be performed by Group Model Validation (GMV) with sign-off from the Model Approver prior to implementation. Management adjustments are used to address issues by applying management decisions without adjusting a direct modelling component.
As with all PRTs, operational controls are used to govern all Model Risk-related processes, with regular risk assessments performed to assess appropriateness and effectiveness of those controls, in line with the Operational and Technology RTF, with remediation plans implemented where necessary. Group Model Risk Policy and Standards also define requirements for deterministic quantitative methods (DQMs) that are used as part of an end-to-end modelled process. DQMs are similar in nature to a model, however the processing component is either purely deterministic or has an element of expert judgement. Unlike a model, there is no use of statistical, economic financial or mathematical theories.
The regulatory framework around Model Risk is continuously evolving, the PRA's Supervisory Statement 1/23 (SS1/23) is an example. The Group proactively monitors regulatory changes to take the required actions timely for compliance. Regarding SS1/23, the Group is currently delivering to a roadmap to compliance, which commenced in 2024 and will continue over the next two years.
Monitoring
The Group monitors Model Risk via a set of RA metrics. Adherence to Model RA and any threshold breaches are reported to the BRC, GRC and MRC. These metrics and thresholds are reviewed twice per year to ensure that threshold calibration remains appropriate, and the themes adequately cover the current risks.
Models undergo regular performance monitoring based on their level of perceived Model Risk, with monitoring results presented, and breaches escalated to the Model Sponsor, Model Owner, GMV and respective MRC or Individual Delegated Model Approvers.
Model Risk management produces Model Risk reports covering the model landscape, which include performance metrics, identified model issues and remediation plans. These are presented for discussion at the Model Risk governance committees on a regular basis.
Page 16
Risk profile
Credit Risk (audited)
Basis of preparation
Unless otherwise stated, the balance sheet and income statement information presented within this section is based on the Group's management view. This is principally the location from which a client relationship is managed, which may differ from where it is financially booked and may be shared between businesses and/or regions. This view reflects how the client segments and regions are managed internally.
Loans and advances to customers and banks held at amortised cost in this 'Risk profile' section include reverse repurchase agreement balances held at amortised cost, per Note 16 Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar secured lending and borrowing.
Credit Risk overview
Credit Risk is the potential for loss due to the failure of a counterparty to meet its contractual obligations to pay the Group. Credit exposures arise from both the banking and trading books.
Impairment model
IFRS 9 mandates an impairment model that requires the recognition of expected credit losses (ECL) on all financial debt instruments held at amortised cost, Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI), undrawn loan commitments and financial guarantees.
Staging of financial instruments
Financial instruments that are not already credit-impaired are originated into stage 1 and a 12-month ECL provision is recognised.
Instruments will remain in stage 1 until they are repaid, unless they experience significant credit deterioration (stage 2) or they become credit-impaired (stage 3).
Instruments will transfer to stage 2 and a lifetime ECL provision is recognised when there has been a significant change in the Credit Risk compared to what was expected at origination.
The framework used to determine a Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) is set out below.
Stage 1
• 12-month ECL
• Performing
Stage 2
· Lifetime expected credit loss
· Performing but has exhibited SICR
Stage 3
• Credit-impaired
• Non-performing
Page 17
IFRS 9 ECL principles and approaches
The main methodology principles and approach adopted by the Group are set out in the following table.
Title | Supplementary Information |
Approach for determining ECL | • IFRS 9 ECL methodology • Application of lifetime ECL |
Key assumptions and judgements in determining ECL | • Incorporation of forward-looking information • Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the ECL calculation and the impact of non-linearity • Impact of multiple economic scenarios • Judgemental adjustments and management overlays • Sensitivity of ECL calculation to macroeconomic variables |
Significant increase in Credit risk (SICR) | • Quantitative and qualitative criteria |
Assessment of credit-impaired financial assets | • Wealth and Retail Banking (WRB) clients • Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) and Private Banking clients • Write-offs |
Transfers between stages | • Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment |
Modified financial assets | • Forborne and other modified loans |
Governance of PMAs and application of expert credit judgement in respect of ECL | • IFRS 9 Impairment Committee |
Summary of Credit Risk performance
Maximum exposure
The Group's on-balance sheet maximum exposure to Credit Risk increased by $25 billion to $823 billion (31 December 2023: $798 billion). Cash and balances at Central banks decreased by $6.5 billion to $63 billion (31 December 2023: $70 billion) due to reduced placements. Loans to banks held at amortised cost decreased by $1.4 billion to $44 billion (31 December 2023: $45 billion). Fair value through profit and loss increased by $27.8 billion to $172 billion (31 December 2023: $144 billion), largely due to increases in debt securities and reverse repos, but this was partially offset by a $16.7 billion reduction in debt securities not held at fair value through profit and loss. Loans and advances to customers decreased by $5.9 billion to $281 billion (31 December 2023: $287 billion), due to a reduction in mortgages in Korea, Singapore and Hong Kong, given continued headwinds, including foreign currency movements. Loans and advances to customers in the CIB segment increased by $7.6 billion, mainly due to the execution of pipeline deals in Global Banking, but this was offset by a $7.4 billion decrease in Central and other items. Derivative financial instruments increased by $31 billion to $81 billion (31 December 2023: $50 billion). Off-balance sheet instruments increased by $16 billion to $273 billion (31 December 2023: $257 billion), due to an increase in financial guarantees and other equivalents, which was driven by new business.
Loans and advances
94 per cent (31 December 2023: 94 per cent) of the Group's gross loans and advances to customers remain in stage 1 at $269 billion (31 December 2023: $274 billion), reflecting our continued focus on high-quality origination. For WRB, stage 1 balances decreased by $6.5 billion to $117 billion (31 December 2023: $123 billion), of which $5.9 billion was mainly due to a reduction in the mortgage portfolios in Korea, Singapore and Hong Kong, mainly driven by slower booking momentum and higher attrition as a result of intense interest rate competition. For CIB, stage 1 balances increased by $8 billion to $129 billion (31 December 2023: $121 billion) mainly driven by the Energy, Financing, Insurance and Transport sectors. For Central and other items, stage 1 balances decreased by 6.3 billion to $22 billion (31 December 2023: $28 billion) due to a reduction in exposures to the Government sector, across a number of our markets.
Stage 2 loans and advances to customers decreased by $0.6 billion to $11 billion (31 December 2023: $11 billion). For WRB, stage 2 balances decreased by $0.4 billion to $1.9 billion (31 December 2023: $2.3 billion), due to decrease in the mortgage portfolio. For Central and other items, higher risk exposures decreased by $0.9 billion to $0.1 billion (31 December 2023: $1 billion), was due to the maturity of short-term loan exposures that were replaced with debt securities in Pakistan.
Page 18
Stage 3 loans and advances decreased by $1 billion to $6.2 billion (31 December 2023: $7.2 billion) due to debt sales, repayments, write-offs and upgrades to Stage 2 loans in CIB. WRB stage 3 balances remained broadly stable at $1.6 billion (31 December 2023: $1.5 billion). For Central and other items, stage 3 balances decreased by $0.1 billion to $0.1 billion (31 December 2023: $0.2 billion).
Analysis of Stage 2
The key SICR driver which caused exposures to be classified as stage 2 remains an increase in probability of default (PD). The proportion of CIB exposures in stage 2 decreased due to a reduction in clients placed on non-purely precautionary early alert that have not breached PD thresholds. In WRB, the exposures in stage 2 loans with more than 30 days past due remained stable at $0.3 billion (31 December 2023: $0.3 billion). In Central and other items, the $0.5 billion decrease in CG12 balances to $1.5 billion (31 December 2023: $2 billion) was due to the maturity of short-term loan exposures that were replaced with debt securities in Pakistan. 'Others' category includes exposures where origination data is incomplete and the exposures are allocated into stage 2.
Credit impairment charges
The Group's ongoing credit impairment was a net charge of $547 million (31 December 2023: $508 million).
WRB contributed a net charge of $644 million (31 December 2023: $354 million), driven by a higher interest rate environment impacting repayments on credit cards and personal loans and to a few non-repeating ECL releases recorded in 2023. The increase in impairments was also due to the maturity and portfolio growth of digital partnerships in China and Indonesia, as well as a $21 million overlay arising from the settlement failure of two e-commerce platforms in Korea.
CIB contributed a net release of $106 million (31 December 2023: $123 million charge) due to a number of stage 3 releases and repayments.
Commercial Real Estate (CRE)
The Group provides loans to CRE counterparties of which $8.8 billion is to counterparties in the CIB segment where the source of repayment is substantially derived from rental or sale of real estate and is secured by real estate collateral. The remaining CRE loans comprise working capital loans to real estate corporates, loans with non-property collateral, unsecured loans and loans to real estate entities of diversified conglomerates. The average LTV ratio of the performing book CRE portfolio has increased to 54 per cent (31 December 2023: 52 per cent). The proportion of loans with an LTV greater than 80 per cent has increased to 4 per cent (31 December 2023: 3 per cent).
China CRE
Total exposure to China CRE decreased by $0.6 billion to $2 billion (31 December 2023: $2.6 billion) mainly from exposure reductions. The proportion of credit impaired exposures increased to 70 per cent (31 December 2023: 58 per cent) due to repayments within the non-credit impaired portfolio. The overall provision coverage increased to 87 per cent (31 December 2023: 72 per cent), reflecting increased provision charges during the year. The proportion of the loan book rated as Higher Risk increased to 3 per cent (31 December 2023: 0.3 per cent) primarily due to downgrades during the year.
The Group continues to hold a judgemental management overlay, which decreased by $71 million to $70 million (31 December 2023: $141 million), reflecting repayments and utilisations during the year.
The Group is further indirectly exposed to China CRE through its associate investment in China Bohai Bank.
High carbon sectors
With the Group's expansion in the asset-backed lending business, the total on-and-off balance sheet exposure for the Aviation sector increased to $2.6 billion (31 December 2023: $1.9 billion), while the Shipping sector decreased to $4.6 billion (31 December 2023: $5 billion). The Group's position statements mandates that for newer vessels and aircraft, only carbon efficient ones can be financed.
While exposures to the Oil and Gas sector increased to $21 billion (31 December 2023: $20 billion) due to increased funding towards more emissions-efficient counterparties, exposures to the Power sector increased to $11 billion (31 December 2023: $9 billion) due to increased lending to renewables and efficient gas generation counterparties.
Page 19
Maximum exposure to Credit Risk (audited)
The table below presents the Group's maximum exposure to Credit Risk for its on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet financial instruments as at 31 December 2024, before and after taking into account any collateral held or other Credit Risk mitigation.
| 2024 | | 2023 | ||||||
Maximum exposure | Credit risk management | Net Exposure | Maximum exposure | Credit risk management | Net Exposure | ||||
Collateral8 | Master netting agreements | Collateral8 | Master netting agreements | ||||||
On-balance sheet | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and balances at central banks | 63,447 | - | - | 63,447 | | 69,905 | - | - | 69,905 |
Loans and advances to banks1 | 43,593 | 2,946 | | 40,647 | | 44,977 | 1,738 | | 43,239 |
of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar | 2,946 | 2,946 | - | - | | 1,738 | 1,738 | - | - |
Loans and advances to customers1 | 281,032 | 119,047 | - | 161,985 | | 286,975 | 118,492 | | 168,483 |
of which - reverse repurchase agreements and other similar | 9,660 | 9,660 | - | - | | 13,996 | 13,996 | - | - |
Investment securities - Debt securities and other eligible bills2 | 143,562 | | | 143,562 | | 160,263 | - | - | 160,263 |
Fair value through profit or loss3, 7 | 172,031 | 86,195 | - | 85,836 | | 144,276 | 81,847 | - | 62,429 |
Loans and advances to banks | 2,213 | - | - | 2,213 | | 2,265 | - | - | 2,265 |
Loans and advances to customers | 7,084 | - | - | 7,084 | | 7,212 | - | - | 7,212 |
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar lending7 | 86,195 | 86,195 | - | - | | 81,847 | 81,847 | - | - |
Investment securities - Debt securities and other eligible bills2 | 76,539 | - | - | 76,539 | | 52,952 | - | - | 52,952 |
Derivative financial instruments4, 7 | 81,472 | 15,005 | 60,280 | 6,187 | | 50,434 | 8,440 | 39,293 | 2,701 |
Accrued income | 2,776 | - | - | 2,776 | | 2,673 | - | - | 2,673 |
Assets held for sale9 | 889 | - | - | 889 | | 701 | - | - | 701 |
Other assets5 | 34,585 | - | - | 34,585 | | 38,140 | - | - | 38,140 |
Total balance sheet | 823,387 | 223,193 | 60,280 | 539,914 | | 798,344 | 210,517 | 39,293 | 548,534 |
Off-balance sheet6 | | | | | | | | | |
Undrawn Commitments | 182,529 | 2,489 | - | 180,040 | | 182,390 | 2,940 | - | 179,450 |
Financial Guarantees and other equivalents | 90,632 | 1,807 | - | 88,825 | | 74,414 | 2,590 | - | 71,824 |
Total off-balance sheet | 273,161 | 4,296 | - | 268,865 | | 256,804 | 5,530 | - | 251,274 |
Total | 1,096,548 | 227,489 | 60,280 | 808,779 | | 1,055,148 | 216,047 | 39,293 | 799,808 |
1 Amounts are net of ECL provisions. An analysis of credit quality is set out in the credit quality analysis section. Further details of collateral held by client segment and stage are set out in the collateral analysis section. The Group also has credit mitigation through Credit Linked Notes as set out below
2 Excludes equity and other investments of $994 million (31 December 2023: $992 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments
3 Excludes equity and other investments of $5,486 million (31 December 2023: $2,940 million). Further details are set out in Note 13 financial instruments
4 The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions
5 Other assets include Hong Kong certificates of indebtedness, cash collateral, and acceptances, in addition to unsettled trades and other financial assets
6 Excludes ECL provisions of $255 million (31 December 2023: $227 million) which are reported under Provisions for liabilities and charges
7 Collateral capped at maximum exposure (over-collateralised)
8 Adjusted for over-collateralisation, which has been determined with reference to the drawn and undrawn component as this best reflects the effect on the amount arising from expected credit losses
9 The amount is after ECL. provisions. Further details are set out in Note 21 Assets held for sale and associated liabilities
Page 20
Analysis of financial instruments by stage (audited)
The table below presents the gross and credit impairment balances by stage for the Group's amortised cost and FVOCI financial instruments as at 31 December 2024.
| 2024 | ||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | | Total | |||||||||
Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | ||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 62,597 | - | 62,597 | | 432 | (4) | 428 | | 426 | (4) | 422 | | 63,455 | (8) | 63,447 |
Loans and advances to banks (amortised cost) | 43,208 | (10) | 43,198 | | 318 | (1) | 317 | | 83 | (5) | 78 | | 43,609 | (16) | 43,593 |
Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost) | 269,102 | (483) | 268,619 | | 10,631 | (473) | 10,158 | | 6,203 | (3,948) | 2,255 | | 285,936 | (4,904) | 281,032 |
Debt securities and other eligible bills5 | 141,862 | (23) | | | 1,614 | (4) | | | 103 | (2) | | | 143,579 | (29) | |
Amortised cost | 54,637 | (15) | 54,622 | | 475 | (2) | 473 | | 42 | - | 42 | | 55,154 | (17) | 55,137 |
FVOCI2 | 87,225 | (8) | | | 1,139 | (2) | | | 61 | (2) | | | 88,425 | (12) | - |
Accrued income (amortised cost)4 | 2,776 | | 2,776 | | | | - | | | | - | | 2,776 | - | 2,776 |
Assets held for sale4 | 840 | (7) | 833 | | 38 | - | 38 | | 58 | (45) | 13 | | 936 | (52) | 884 |
Other assets | 34,585 | - | 34,585 | | - | - | - | | 3 | (3) | - | | 34,588 | (3) | 34,585 |
Undrawn commitments3 | 178,516 | (50) | | | 4,006 | (52) | | | 7 | (1) | | | 182,529 | (103) | |
Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letter of credits3 | 87,991 | (16) | | | 2,038 | (7) | | | 603 | (129) | | | 90,632 | (152) | |
Total | 821,477 | (589) | | | 19,077 | (541) | | | 7,486 | (4,137) | | | 848,040 | (5,267) | |
1 Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values
2 These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI reserve
3 These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component
4 Stage 1 ECL is not material
5 Stage 3 gross includes $59 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $Nil million (31 December 2023: $14 million)
Page 21
| 2023 | ||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | | Total | |||||||||
Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying value | ||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 69,313 | - | 69,313 | | 207 | (7) | 200 | | 404 | (12) | 392 | | 69,924 | (19) | 69,905 |
Loans and advances to banks (amortised cost) | 44,384 | (8) | 44,376 | | 540 | (10) | 530 | | 77 | (6) | 71 | | 45,001 | (24) | 44,977 |
Loans and advances to customers (amortised cost) | 273,692 | (430) | 273,262 | | 11,225 | (420) | 10,805 | | 7,228 | (4,320) | 2,908 | | 292,145 | (5,170) | 286,975 |
Debt securities and other eligible bills5 | 158,314 | (26) | | | 1,860 | (34) | | | 164 | (61) | | | 160,338 | (121) | |
Amortised cost | 56,787 | (16) | 56,771 | | 103 | (2) | 101 | | 120 | (57) | 63 | | 57,010 | (75) | 56,935 |
FVOCI2 | 101,527 | (10) | | | 1,757 | (32) | | | 44 | (4) | | | 103,328 | (46) | |
Accrued income (amortised cost)4 | 2,673 | | 2,673 | | | | - | | | | - | | 2,673 | - | 2,673 |
Assets held for sale4 | 661 | (33) | 628 | | 76 | (4) | 72 | | 1 | - | 1 | | 738 | (37) | 701 |
Other assets | 38,139 | - | 38,139 | | - | - | - | | 4 | (3) | 1 | | 38,143 | (3) | 38,140 |
Undrawn commitments3 | 176,654 | (52) | | | 5,733 | (39) | | | 3 | - | | | 182,390 | (91) | |
Financial guarantees, trade credits and irrevocable letter of credits3 | 70,832 | (10) | | | 2,910 | (14) | | | 672 | (112) | | | 74,414 | (136) | |
Total | 834,662 | (559) | | | 22,551 | (528) | | | 8,553 | (4,514) | | | 865,766 | (5,601) | |
1 Gross carrying amount for off-balance sheet refers to notional values
2 These instruments are held at fair value on the balance sheet. The ECL provision in respect of debt securities measured at FVOCI is held within the OCI reserve
3 These are off-balance sheet instruments. Only the ECL is recorded on-balance sheet as a financial liability and therefore there is no "net carrying amount". ECL allowances on off-balance sheet instruments are held as liability provisions to the extent that the drawn and undrawn components of loan exposures can be separately identified. Otherwise they will be reported against the drawn component
4 Stage 1 ECL is not material
5 Stage 3 gross includes $80 million originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $14 million
Credit quality analysis (audited)
Credit quality by client segment
For CIB, exposures are analysed by credit grade (CG), which plays a central role in the quality assessment and monitoring of risk. All loans are assigned a CG, which is reviewed periodically and amended in light of changes in the borrower's circumstances or behaviour. CGs 1 to 12 are assigned to stage 1 and stage 2 (performing) clients or accounts, while CGs 13 and 14 are assigned to stage 3 (credit-impaired) clients. Consumer and Business Banking portfolios are analysed by days past due and Private Banking by the type of collateral held.
Mapping of credit quality
The Group uses the following internal risk mapping to determine the credit quality for loans.
Credit quality description | Corporate & Investment Banking | | Private Banking1 | | Wealth & Retail Banking4 | ||
Internal grade mapping | S&P external ratings | Regulatory PD range (%) | Internal ratings | Internal grade mapping | |||
Strong | 1A to 5B | AAA/AA+ to BBB-/BB+2 | 0 to 0.425 | | Class I and Class IV | | Current loans (no past dues nor impaired) |
Satisfactory | 6A to 11C | BB to CCC+3 | 0.426 to 15.75 | | Class II and Class III | | Loans past due till 29 days |
Higher risk | Grade 12 | CCC+ to C | 15.751 to 99.999 | | Stressed Assets Group (SAG) Managed | | Past due loans 30 days and over till 90 days |
1 For Private Banking, classes of risk represent the type of collateral held. Class I represents facilities with liquid collateral, such as cash and marketable securities. Class II represents unsecured/partially secured facilities and those with illiquid collateral, such as equity in private enterprises. Class III represents facilities with residential or commercial real estate collateral. Class IV covers margin trading facilities
2 Banks' rating: AAA/AA+ to BB+/BB. Sovereigns' rating: AAA to BB+
3 Banks' rating: BB to "CCC+ to C". Sovereigns' rating: BB+/BB to B-/CCC+
4 Wealth & Retail Banking excludes Private Banking. Medium enterprise clients within Business Banking are managed using the same internal credit grades as CIB
Page 22
The table below sets out the gross loans and advances held at amortised cost, ECL provisions and expected credit loss coverage by business segment and stage. ECL coverage represents the ECL reported for each segment and stage as a proportion of the gross loan balance for each segment and stage.
Loans and advances by client segment (audited)
Amortised cost | 2024 | |||||||||
Banks | | Customers | | Undrawn commitments | Financial Guarantees | |||||
Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & Retail Banking | Ventures | Central & other items | Customer Total | ||||||
Stage 1 | 43,208 | | 128,746 | 117,015 | 1,383 | 21,958 | 269,102 | | 178,516 | 87,991 |
- Strong | 31,239 | | 90,725 | 111,706 | 1,367 | 21,540 | 225,338 | | 162,574 | 56,070 |
- Satisfactory | 11,969 | | 38,021 | 5,309 | 16 | 418 | 43,764 | | 15,942 | 31,921 |
Stage 2 | 318 | | 8,643 | 1,905 | 48 | 35 | 10,631 | | 4,006 | 2,038 |
- Strong | 8 | | 1,229 | 1,413 | 31 | - | 2,673 | | 994 | 471 |
- Satisfactory | 125 | | 6,665 | 155 | 6 | - | 6,826 | | 2,862 | 1,403 |
- Higher risk | 185 | | 749 | 337 | 11 | 35 | 1,132 | | 150 | 164 |
Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | | | |
- Less than 30 days past due | - | | 55 | 155 | 6 | - | 216 | | - | - |
- More than 30 days past due | 2 | | 7 | 337 | 11 | - | 355 | | - | - |
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets | 83 | | 4,476 | 1,617 | 12 | 98 | 6,203 | | 7 | 603 |
Gross balance¹ | 43,609 | | 141,865 | 120,537 | 1,443 | 22,091 | 285,936 | | 182,529 | 90,632 |
Stage 1 | (10) | | (80) | (383) | (20) | - | (483) | | (50) | (16) |
- Strong | (7) | | (28) | (325) | (18) | - | (371) | | (33) | (7) |
- Satisfactory | (3) | | (52) | (58) | (2) | - | (112) | | (17) | (9) |
Stage 2 | (1) | | (303) | (147) | (23) | - | (473) | | (52) | (7) |
- Strong | - | | (41) | (70) | (14) | - | (125) | | (10) | - |
- Satisfactory | (1) | | (218) | (32) | (3) | - | (253) | | (32) | (4) |
- Higher risk | - | | (44) | (45) | (6) | - | (95) | | (10) | (3) |
Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | | | |
- Less than 30 days past due | - | | (1) | (32) | (3) | - | (36) | | - | - |
- More than 30 days past due | - | | - | (45) | (6) | - | (51) | | - | - |
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets | (5) | | (3,178) | (759) | (11) | - | (3,948) | | (1) | (129) |
Total credit impairment | (16) | | (3,561) | (1,289) | (54) | - | (4,904) | | (103) | (152) |
Net carrying value | 43,593 | | 138,304 | 119,248 | 1,389 | 22,091 | 281,032 | | | |
Stage 1 | 0.0% | | 0.1% | 0.3% | 1.4% | 0.0% | 0.2% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
- Strong | 0.0% | | 0.0% | 0.3% | 1.3% | 0.0% | 0.2% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
- Satisfactory | 0.0% | | 0.1% | 1.1% | 12.5% | 0.0% | 0.3% | | 0.1% | 0.0% |
Stage 2 | 0.3% | | 3.6% | 7.7% | 47.9% | 0.0% | 4.4% | | 1.3% | 0.3% |
- Strong | 0.0% | | 3.3% | 5.0% | 45.2% | 0.0% | 4.7% | | 1.0% | 0.0% |
- Satisfactory | 0.8% | | 3.3% | 20.6% | 50.0% | 0.0% | 3.7% | | 1.1% | 0.3% |
- Higher risk | 0.0% | | 5.9% | 13.4% | 54.5% | 0.0% | 8.4% | | 6.7% | 1.8% |
Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | | | |
- Less than 30 days past due | 0.0% | | 1.8% | 20.6% | 50.0% | 0.0% | 16.7% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
- More than 30 days past due | 0.0% | | 0.0% | 13.4% | 54.5% | 0.0% | 14.4% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets (S3) | 6.0% | | 71.0% | 46.9% | 91.7% | 0.0% | 63.6% | | 14.3% | 21.4% |
- Stage 3 Collateral | 1 | | 297 | 584 | - | - | 881 | | - | 46 |
- Stage 3 Cover ratio | 7.2% | | 77.6% | 83.1% | 91.7% | 0.0% | 77.8% | | 14.3% | 29.0% |
Cover ratio | 0.0% | | 2.5% | 1.1% | 3.7% | 0.0% | 1.7% | | 0.1% | 0.2% |
Fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | | | | |
Performing | 36,967 | | 58,506 | 6 | - | - | 58,512 | | - | - |
- Strong | 30,799 | | 38,084 | 3 | - | - | 38,087 | | - | - |
- Satisfactory | 6,158 | | 20,314 | 3 | - | - | 20,317 | | - | - |
- Higher risk | 10 | | 108 | - | - | - | 108 | | - | - |
Defaulted (CG13-14) | - | | 13 | - | - | - | 13 | | - | - |
Gross balance (FVTPL)2 | 36,967 | | 58,519 | 6 | - | - | 58,525 | | - | - |
Net carrying value (incl FVTPL) | 80,560 | | 196,823 | 119,254 | 1,389 | 22,091 | 339,557 | | - | - |
1 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $9,660 million under Customers and of $2,946 million under Banks, held at amortised cost
2 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $51,441 million under Customers and of $34,754 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss
Page 23
Amortised cost | 2023 | |||||||||
Banks | | Customers | | Undrawn commitments | Financial Guarantees | |||||
Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & Retail Banking | Ventures | Central & | Customer Total | ||||||
Stage 1 | 44,384 | | 120,886 | 123,486 | 1,015 | 28,305 | 273,692 | | 176,654 | 70,832 |
- Strong | 35,284 | | 84,248 | 118,193 | 1,000 | 27,967 | 231,408 | | 162,643 | 47,885 |
- Satisfactory | 9,100 | | 36,638 | 5,293 | 15 | 338 | 42,284 | | 14,011 | 22,947 |
Stage 2 | 540 | | 7,902 | 2,304 | 54 | 965 | 11,225 | | 5,733 | 2,910 |
- Strong | 55 | | 1,145 | 1,761 | 34 | - | 2,940 | | 1,090 | 830 |
- Satisfactory | 212 | | 5,840 | 206 | 7 | - | 6,053 | | 4,169 | 1,823 |
- Higher risk | 273 | | 917 | 337 | 13 | 965 | 2,232 | | 474 | 257 |
Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | | | |
- Less than 30 days past due | - | | 78 | 206 | 7 | - | 291 | | - | - |
- More than 30 days past due | - | | 10 | 337 | 13 | - | 360 | | - | - |
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets | 77 | | 5,508 | 1,484 | 12 | 224 | 7,228 | | 3 | 672 |
Gross balance¹ | 45,001 | | 134,296 | 127,274 | 1,081 | 29,494 | 292,145 | | 182,390 | 74,414 |
Stage 1 | (8) | | (101) | (314) | (15) | - | (430) | | (52) | (10) |
- Strong | (3) | | (34) | (234) | (14) | - | (282) | | (31) | (2) |
- Satisfactory | (5) | | (67) | (80) | (1) | - | (148) | | (21) | (8) |
Stage 2 | (10) | | (257) | (141) | (21) | (1) | (420) | | (39) | (14) |
- Strong | (1) | | (18) | (65) | (14) | - | (97) | | (5) | - |
- Satisfactory | (2) | | (179) | (22) | (3) | - | (204) | | (23) | (7) |
- Higher risk | (7) | | (60) | (54) | (4) | (1) | (119) | | (11) | (7) |
Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | | | |
- Less than 30 days past due | - | | (2) | (22) | (3) | - | (27) | | - | - |
- More than 30 days past due | - | | (1) | (54) | (4) | - | (59) | | - | - |
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets | (6) | | (3,533) | (760) | (12) | (15) | (4,320) | | - | (112) |
Total credit impairment | (24) | | (3,891) | (1,215) | (48) | (16) | (5,170) | | (91) | (136) |
Net carrying value | 44,977 | | 130,405 | 126,059 | 1,033 | 29,478 | 286,975 | | - | - |
Stage 1 | 0.0% | | 0.1% | 0.3% | 1.5% | 0.0% | 0.2% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
- Strong | 0.0% | | 0.0% | 0.2% | 1.4% | 0.0% | 0.1% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
- Satisfactory | 0.1% | | 0.2% | 1.5% | 6.7% | 0.0% | 0.4% | | 0.1% | 0.0% |
Stage 2 | 1.9% | | 3.3% | 6.1% | 38.9% | 0.1% | 3.7% | | 0.7% | 0.5% |
- Strong | 1.8% | | 1.6% | 3.7% | 41.2% | 0.0% | 3.3% | | 0.5% | 0.0% |
- Satisfactory | 0.9% | | 3.1% | 10.7% | 42.9% | 0.0% | 3.4% | | 0.6% | 0.4% |
- Higher risk | 2.6% | | 6.5% | 16.0% | 30.8% | 0.1% | 5.3% | | 2.3% | 2.7% |
Of which (stage 2): | | | | | | | | | | |
- Less than 30 days past due | 0.0% | | 2.6% | 10.7% | 42.9% | 0.0% | 9.3% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
- More than 30 days past due | 0.0% | | 10.0% | 16.0% | 30.8% | 0.0% | 16.4% | | 0.0% | 0.0% |
Stage 3, credit-impaired financial assets (S3) | 7.8% | | 64.1% | 51.2% | 100.0% | 6.7% | 59.8% | | 0.0% | 16.7% |
- Stage 3 Collateral | 2 | | 621 | 554 | - | - | 1,175 | | - | 34 |
- Stage 3 Cover ratio | 10.4% | | 75.4% | 88.5% | 100.0% | 6.7% | 76.0% | | 0.0% | 21.7% |
Cover ratio | 0.1% | | 2.9% | 1.0% | 4.4% | 0.1% | 1.8% | | 0.0% | 0.2% |
Fair value through profit or loss | | | | | | | | | | |
Performing | 32,813 | | 58,465 | 13 | - | - | 58,478 | | - | - |
- Strong | 28,402 | | 38,014 | 13 | - | - | 38,027 | | - | - |
- Satisfactory | 4,411 | | 20,388 | - | - | - | 20,388 | | - | - |
- Higher risk | - | | 63 | - | - | - | 63 | | - | - |
Defaulted (CG13-14) | - | | 33 | - | - | - | 33 | | - | - |
Gross balance (FVTPL)2 | 32,813 | | 58,498 | 13 | - | - | 58,511 | | - | - |
Net carrying value (incl FVTPL) | 77,790 | | 188,903 | 126,072 | 1,033 | 29,478 | 345,486 | | - | - |
1 Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $13,996 million under Customers and of $1,738 million under Banks, held at amortised cost
2. Loans and advances includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $51,299 million under Customers and of $30,548 million under Banks, held at fair value through profit or loss
Page 24
Loans and advances by client segment credit quality analysis
Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year | S&P external ratings equivalent | 2024 | ||||||||
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items | |||||||||||
Gross | | Credit impairment | |||||||||
Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | Stage 1 $million | Stage 2 $million | Stage 3 $million | Total $million | ||||
Strong | | | 112,265 | 1,229 | - | 113,494 | | (28) | (41) | - | (69) |
1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 32,160 | 31 | - | 32,191 | | (2) | - | - | (2) |
3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 40,712 | 524 | - | 41,236 | | (8) | (33) | - | (41) |
4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 39,393 | 674 | - | 40,067 | | (18) | (8) | - | (26) |
Satisfactory | | | 38,439 | 6,665 | - | 45,104 | | (52) | (218) | - | (270) |
6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 24,928 | 2,677 | - | 27,605 | | (21) | (24) | - | (45) |
8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 9,514 | 2,618 | - | 12,132 | | (20) | (169) | - | (189) |
10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 3,997 | 1,370 | - | 5,367 | | (11) | (25) | - | (36) |
Higher risk | | | - | 784 | - | 784 | | - | (44) | - | (44) |
12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC/C | - | 784 | - | 784 | | - | (44) | - | (44) |
Credit-impaired | | | - | - | 4,574 | 4,574 | | - | - | (3,178) | (3,178) |
13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 4,574 | 4,574 | | - | - | (3,178) | (3,178) |
Total | | | 150,704 | 8,678 | 4,574 | 163,956 | | (80) | (303) | (3,178) | (3,561) |
| | | 2023 | ||||||||
Strong | | | 112,215 | 1,145 | - | 113,360 | | (34) | (18) | - | (52) |
1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 37,936 | 81 | - | 38,017 | | - | - | - | - |
3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 32,004 | 558 | - | 32,562 | | (3) | - | - | (3) |
4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 42,275 | 506 | - | 42,781 | | (31) | (18) | - | (49) |
Satisfactory | | | 36,976 | 5,840 | - | 42,816 | | (67) | (179) | - | (246) |
6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 24,598 | 1,873 | - | 26,471 | | (38) | (77) | - | (115) |
8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 8,232 | 2,273 | - | 10,505 | | (13) | (90) | - | (103) |
10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 4,146 | 1,694 | - | 5,840 | | (16) | (12) | - | (28) |
Higher risk | | | - | 1,882 | - | 1,882 | | - | (61) | - | (61) |
12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC/C | - | 1,882 | - | 1,882 | | - | (61) | - | (61) |
Credit-impaired | | | - | - | 5,732 | 5,732 | | - | - | (3,548) | (3,548) |
13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 5,732 | 5,732 | | - | - | (3,548) | (3,548) |
Total | | | 149,191 | 8,867 | 5,732 | 163,790 | | (101) | (258) | (3,548) | (3,907) |
Page 25
Undrawn commitment and financial guarantees - by client segment credit quality
Credit grade | Regulatory 1 year | S&P external ratings equivalent | 2024 | ||||||||
Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items | |||||||||||
Notional | | Credit impairment | |||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total $million | ||||
Strong | | | 140,733 | 1,265 | - | 141,998 | | (22) | (6) | - | (29) |
1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 29,623 | 280 | - | 29,903 | | (1) | - | - | (1) |
3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 53,568 | 492 | - | 54,060 | | (4) | - | - | (4) |
4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 57,542 | 493 | - | 58,035 | | (17) | (6) | - | (23) |
Satisfactory | | | 46,394 | 4,200 | - | 50,594 | | (23) | (33) | - | (56) |
6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 2,544 | 1,065 | - | 3,609 | | (4) | (6) | - | (10) |
8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 30,438 | 1,162 | - | 31,600 | | (11) | (16) | - | (27) |
10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 13,412 | 1,973 | - | 15,385 | | (8) | (11) | - | (19) |
Higher risk | | | - | 286 | - | 286 | | - | (11) | - | (11) |
12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 286 | - | 286 | | - | (11) | - | (11) |
Credit-impaired | | | - | - | 593 | 593 | | - | - | (129) | (129) |
13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 593 | 593 | | - | - | (129) | (129) |
Total | | | 187,127 | 5,751 | 593 | 193,471 | | (45) | (50) | (129) | (224) |
| | | 2023 | ||||||||
Strong | | | 129,331 | 1,649 | - | 130,980 | | (19) | (3) | - | (22) |
1A-2B | 0 - 0.045 | A+ and above | 27,882 | 179 | - | 28,061 | | (1) | - | - | (1) |
3A-4A | 0.046 - 0.110 | A/A- to BBB+/BBB | 52,061 | 557 | - | 52,618 | | (3) | (1) | - | (4) |
4B-5B | 0.111 - 0.425 | BBB to BBB-/BB+ | 49,388 | 913 | - | 50,301 | | (15) | (2) | - | (17) |
Satisfactory | | | 35,405 | 5,921 | - | 41,326 | | (23) | (28) | - | (51) |
6A-7B | 0.426 - 1.350 | BB+/BB to BB- | 2,581 | 1,065 | - | 3,646 | | (2) | (6) | - | (8) |
8A-9B | 1.351 - 4.000 | BB-/B+ to B | 25,089 | 3,028 | - | 28,117 | | (14) | (9) | - | (23) |
10A-11C | 4.001 - 15.75 | B/B- to B-/CCC+ | 7,735 | 1,828 | - | 9,563 | | (7) | (13) | - | (20) |
Higher risk | | | - | 697 | - | 697 | | - | (15) | - | (15) |
12 | 15.751 - 99.999 | CCC+/C | - | 697 | - | 697 | | - | (15) | - | (15) |
Credit-impaired | | | - | - | 663 | 663 | | - | - | (112) | (112) |
13-14 | 100 | Defaulted | - | - | 663 | 663 | | - | - | (112) | (112) |
Total | | | 164,736 | 8,267 | 663 | 173,666 | | (42) | (46) | (112) | (200) |
Page 26
Loans and advances by client segment credit quality analysis by key geography
| Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | | Credit Impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Total Coverage % | ||||||||||||||
Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Defaulted | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Defaulted | Total $million | |||||||
Hong Kong | 32,552 | 12,079 | 44,631 | | 230 | 1,539 | 64 | 1,833 | | 1,272 | 1,272 | | (8) | (8) | (16) | | (33) | (107) | (9) | (149) | | (1,157) | (1,157) | (2.8)% |
Corporate Lending | 14,429 | 6,180 | 20,609 | | 225 | 1,329 | 64 | 1,618 | | 1,260 | 1,260 | | (5) | (4) | (9) | | (33) | (102) | (9) | (144) | | (1,157) | (1,157) | (5.6)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 4,567 | 2,730 | 7,297 | | 4 | 206 | - | 210 | | 12 | 12 | | (1) | (3) | (4) | | - | (5) | - | (5) | | - | - | (0.1)% |
Banks | 13,556 | 3,169 | 16,725 | | 1 | 4 | - | 5 | | - | - | | (2) | (1) | (3) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Singapore | 31,129 | 7,769 | 38,898 | | 500 | 955 | 35 | 1,490 | | 407 | 407 | | - | (8) | (8) | | (4) | (14) | - | (18) | | (196) | (196) | (0.5)% |
Corporate Lending | 7,333 | 4,003 | 11,336 | | 469 | 594 | 35 | 1,098 | | 335 | 335 | | - | (6) | (6) | | (4) | (14) | - | (18) | | (195) | (195) | (1.7)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 19,348 | 567 | 19,915 | | 29 | 358 | - | 387 | | - | - | | - | (1) | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Banks | 4,448 | 3,199 | 7,647 | | 2 | 3 | - | 5 | | 72 | 72 | | - | (1) | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | (1) | (1) | (0.0)% |
UK | 11,029 | 3,939 | 14,968 | | 48 | 479 | 3 | 530 | | 316 | 316 | | (10) | (4) | (14) | | - | (27) | (6) | (33) | | (258) | (258) | (1.9)% |
Corporate Lending | 325 | 871 | 1,196 | | 47 | 479 | 1 | 527 | | 258 | 258 | | (9) | (3) | (12) | | - | (27) | (6) | (33) | | (237) | (237) | (14.2)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 8,690 | 982 | 9,672 | | 1 | - | - | 1 | | 57 | 57 | | (1) | (1) | (2) | | - | - | - | - | | (21) | (21) | (0.2)% |
Banks | 2,014 | 2,086 | 4,100 | | - | - | 2 | 2 | | 1 | 1 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
US | 16,244 | 4,456 | 20,700 | | 92 | 433 | 33 | 558 | | 31 | 31 | | (4) | (1) | (5) | | (1) | (1) | - | (2) | | (3) | (3) | (0.0)% |
Corporate Lending | 5,426 | 2,761 | 8,187 | | 77 | 322 | - | 399 | | 28 | 28 | | (3) | (1) | (4) | | (1) | (1) | - | (2) | | - | - | (0.1)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 9,688 | 123 | 9,811 | | 15 | 79 | - | 94 | | 3 | 3 | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | (3) | (3) | (0.0)% |
Banks | 1,130 | 1,572 | 2,702 | | - | 32 | 33 | 65 | | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
China | 10,380 | 2,794 | 13,174 | | 49 | 133 | 14 | 196 | | 171 | 171 | | (3) | (1) | (4) | | - | - | - | - | | (86) | (86) | (0.7)% |
Corporate Lending | 4,933 | 2,193 | 7,126 | | 49 | 133 | 14 | 196 | | 168 | 168 | | (1) | (1) | (2) | | - | - | - | - | | (83) | (83) | (1.1)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 3,241 | 363 | 3,604 | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Banks | 2,206 | 238 | 2,444 | | - | - | - | - | | 3 | 3 | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | (3) | (3) | (0.2)% |
Others | 42,171 | 19,370 | 61,541 | | 318 | 3,251 | 819 | 4,389 | | 2,460 | 2,460 | | (10) | (33) | (43) | | (3) | (70) | (29) | (102) | | (1,483) | (1,483) | (2.4)% |
Corporate Lending | 24,835 | 14,075 | 38,910 | | 291 | 2,048 | 516 | 2,855 | | 2,221 | 2,221 | | (6) | (26) | (32) | | (3) | (38) | (28) | (69) | | (1,333) | (1,333) | (3.3)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 9,451 | 3,590 | 13,041 | | 22 | 1,117 | 153 | 1,292 | | 232 | 232 | | - | (6) | (6) | | - | (31) | (1) | (32) | | (149) | (149) | (1.3)% |
Banks | 7,885 | 1,705 | 9,590 | | 5 | 86 | 150 | 241 | | 7 | 7 | | (4) | (1) | (5) | | - | (1) | - | (1) | | (1) | (1) | (0.1)% |
Total | 143,505 | 50,407 | 193,912 | | 1,237 | 6,790 | 968 | 8,996 | | 4,657 | 4,657 | | (35) | (55) | (90) | | (41) | (219) | (44) | (304) | | (3,183) | (3,183) | (1.7)% |
Page 27
| Corporate & Investment Banking and Central & other items2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | | Credit Impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Total Coverage % | ||||||||||||||
Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Defaulted | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Defaulted | Total $million | |||||||
Hong Kong | 36,776 | 10,151 | 46,927 | | 167 | 937 | 30 | 1,134 | | 1,284 | 1,284 | | (7) | (23) | (30) | | (4) | (118) | (3) | (125) | | (1,025) | (1,025) | (2.4)% |
Corporate Lending | 14,401 | 6,289 | 20,690 | | 165 | 855 | 30 | 1,050 | | 1,219 | 1,219 | | (5) | (20) | (25) | | (3) | (118) | (3) | (124) | | (1,024) | (1,024) | (5.1)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 6,323 | 2,458 | 8,781 | | 1 | 81 | - | 82 | | 65 | 65 | | (1) | (2) | (3) | | - | - | - | - | | (1) | (1) | (0.0)% |
Banks | 16,052 | 1,404 | 17,456 | | 1 | 1 | - | 2 | | - | - | | (1) | (1) | (2) | | (1) | - | - | (1) | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Singapore | 34,526 | 6,046 | 40,572 | | 361 | 509 | 36 | 906 | | 285 | 285 | | (4) | (4) | (8) | | (11) | (14) | (4) | (29) | | (75) | (75) | (0.3)% |
Corporate Lending | 5,766 | 2,334 | 8,100 | | 304 | 504 | 36 | 844 | | 221 | 221 | | (4) | (3) | (7) | | (11) | (13) | (4) | (28) | | (74) | (74) | (1.2)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 23,033 | 510 | 23,543 | | 57 | 2 | - | 59 | | - | - | | - | (1) | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Banks | 5,727 | 3,202 | 8,929 | | - | 3 | - | 3 | | 64 | 64 | | - | - | - | | - | (1) | - | (1) | | (1) | (1) | (0.0)% |
UK | 8,364 | 4,171 | 12,535 | | 56 | 785 | 83 | 924 | | 257 | 257 | | (5) | (5) | (10) | | - | (14) | (7) | (21) | | (209) | (209) | (1.7)% |
Corporate Lending | 5,407 | 1,559 | 6,966 | | 52 | 539 | 71 | 662 | | 250 | 250 | | (4) | (5) | (9) | | - | (13) | (7) | (20) | | (202) | (202) | (2.9)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 558 | 1,244 | 1,802 | | - | 160 | - | 160 | | 3 | 3 | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | (1) | - | (1) | | (3) | (3) | (0.3)% |
Banks | 2,399 | 1,368 | 3,767 | | 4 | 86 | 12 | 102 | | 4 | 4 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | (4) | (4) | (0.1)% |
US | 14,550 | 4,742 | 19,292 | | 219 | 176 | 19 | 414 | | 5 | 5 | | (2) | (2) | (4) | | - | - | - | - | | (5) | (5) | (0.0)% |
Corporate Lending | 7,487 | 2,765 | 10,252 | | 146 | 130 | - | 276 | | 1 | 1 | | (1) | (2) | (3) | | - | - | - | - | | (1) | (1) | (0.0)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 6,181 | 425 | 6,606 | | 25 | 4 | - | 29 | | 4 | 4 | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | (4) | (4) | (0.1)% |
Banks | 882 | 1,552 | 2,434 | | 48 | 42 | 19 | 109 | | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
China | 9,737 | 2,733 | 12,470 | | 31 | 298 | 8 | 337 | | 262 | 262 | | (3) | (4) | (7) | | - | - | - | - | | (125) | (125) | (1.0)% |
Corporate Lending | 4,723 | 2,179 | 6,902 | | 31 | 297 | 8 | 336 | | 259 | 259 | | (2) | (1) | (3) | | - | - | - | - | | (125) | (125) | (1.7)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 3,254 | 318 | 3,572 | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Banks | 1,760 | 236 | 1,996 | | - | 1 | - | 1 | | 3 | 3 | | - | (3) | (3) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.2)% |
Others | 43,547 | 18,233 | 61,780 | | 366 | 3,347 | 1,979 | 5,692 | | 3,716 | 3,716 | | (16) | (34) | (50) | | (4) | (35) | (54) | (93) | | (2,115) | (2,115) | (3.2)% |
Corporate Lending | 16,189 | 15,034 | 31,223 | | 345 | 2,322 | 678 | 3,345 | | 3,335 | 3,335 | | (8) | (27) | (35) | | (3) | (28) | (46) | (77) | | (2,012) | (2,012) | (5.6)% |
Non Corporate Lending1 | 18,894 | 1,861 | 20,755 | | 19 | 946 | 1,059 | 2,024 | | 375 | 375 | | (6) | (6) | (12) | | (1) | (6) | (1) | (8) | | (102) | (102) | (0.5)% |
Banks | 8,464 | 1,338 | 9,802 | | 2 | 79 | 242 | 323 | | 6 | 6 | | (2) | (1) | (3) | | - | (1) | (7) | (8) | | (1) | (1) | (0.1)% |
Total | 147,500 | 46,076 | 193,576 | | 1,200 | 6,052 | 2,155 | 9,407 | | 5,809 | 5,809 | | (37) | (72) | (109) | | (19) | (181) | (68) | (268) | | (3,554) | (3,554) | (1.9)% |
1 Include financing, insurance and non-banking corporations and governments
2 Amounts have been re-presented from a regional basis (Asia; Africa & Middle East; and Europe & Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported balances
| Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | | Credit Impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Total Coverage | ||||||||||||||
Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Impaired | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Impaired $million | Total $million | |||||||
Hong Kong | 41,906 | 320 | 42,226 | | 288 | 47 | 40 | 375 | | 228 | 228 | | (59) | (14) | (73) | | (33) | (20) | (4) | (57) | | (69) | (69) | (0.5)% |
Mortgages | 31,080 | 265 | 31,345 | | 55 | 14 | 24 | 93 | | 75 | 75 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | (7) | (7) | (0.0)% |
Credit cards | 4,210 | 19 | 4,229 | | 93 | 30 | 1 | 124 | | 14 | 14 | | (36) | (11) | (47) | | (27) | (19) | (1) | (47) | | (14) | (14) | (2.5)% |
Others | 6,616 | 36 | 6,652 | | 140 | 3 | 15 | 158 | | 139 | 139 | | (23) | (3) | (26) | | (6) | (1) | (3) | (10) | | (48) | (48) | (1.2)% |
Singapore | 26,755 | 52 | 26,807 | | 441 | 39 | 34 | 514 | | 312 | 312 | | (29) | (26) | (55) | | (6) | (6) | (6) | (18) | | (265) | (265) | (1.2)% |
Mortgages | 13,531 | 12 | 13,543 | | 160 | 32 | 15 | 207 | | 9 | 9 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | (4) | (4) | (0.0)% |
Credit cards | 2,248 | 25 | 2,273 | | 14 | 5 | 16 | 35 | | 16 | 16 | | (9) | (26) | (35) | | (5) | (5) | (4) | (14) | | (19) | (19) | (2.9)% |
Others | 10,976 | 15 | 10,991 | | 267 | 2 | 3 | 272 | | 287 | 287 | | (20) | - | (20) | | (1) | (1) | (2) | (4) | | (242) | (242) | (2.3)% |
Korea | 18,062 | 220 | 18,282 | | 378 | 9 | 22 | 409 | | 112 | 112 | | (22) | (1) | (23) | | (28) | (4) | (1) | (33) | | (33) | (33) | (0.5)% |
Mortgages | 13,198 | 171 | 13,369 | | 250 | 8 | 17 | 275 | | 62 | 62 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | (2) | (2) | (0.0)% |
Credit cards | 36 | 1 | 37 | | 1 | - | - | 1 | | - | - | | (1) | - | (1) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (2.6)% |
Others | 4,828 | 48 | 4,876 | | 127 | 1 | 5 | 133 | | 50 | 50 | | (21) | (1) | (22) | | (28) | (4) | (1) | (33) | | (31) | (31) | (1.7)% |
Rest of World | 26,085 | 4,998 | 31,083 | | 338 | 76 | 241 | 655 | | 977 | 977 | | (239) | (13) | (252) | | (39) | (5) | (18) | (62) | | (403) | (403) | (2.2)% |
Mortgages | 15,079 | 2,007 | 17,086 | | 136 | 43 | 141 | 320 | | 459 | 459 | | (4) | (2) | (6) | | - | - | (1) | (1) | | (124) | (124) | (0.7)% |
Credit cards | 1,148 | 351 | 1,499 | | 29 | 12 | 19 | 60 | | 40 | 40 | | (33) | (1) | (34) | | (21) | - | (1) | (22) | | (27) | (27) | (5.2)% |
Others | 9,858 | 2,640 | 12,498 | | 173 | 21 | 81 | 275 | | 478 | 478 | | (202) | (10) | (212) | | (18) | (5) | (16) | (39) | | (252) | (252) | (3.8)% |
Total | 112,808 | 5,590 | 118,398 | | 1,445 | 171 | 337 | 1,953 | | 1,629 | 1,629 | | (349) | (54) | (403) | | (106) | (35) | (29) | (170) | | (770) | (770) | (1.1)% |
Page 28
| Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross | | Credit Impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | Total Coverage % | ||||||||||||||
Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Impaired | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Total $million | Strong $million | Satis-factory $million | Higher Risk $million | Total $million | Impaired $million | Total $million | |||||||
Hong Kong | 42,930 | 242 | 43,172 | | 514 | 74 | 51 | 639 | | 174 | 174 | | (24) | (34) | (58) | | (28) | (13) | (12) | (53) | | (49) | (49) | (0.4)% |
Mortgages | 32,376 | 152 | 32,528 | | 282 | 53 | 13 | 348 | | 63 | 63 | | - | - | - | | (1) | - | - | (1) | | (1) | (1) | (0.0)% |
Credit cards | 4,045 | 44 | 4,089 | | 80 | 17 | 24 | 121 | | 18 | 18 | | (9) | (33) | (42) | | (19) | (12) | (8) | (39) | | (18) | (18) | (2.3)% |
Others | 6,509 | 46 | 6,555 | | 152 | 4 | 14 | 170 | | 93 | 93 | | (15) | (1) | (16) | | (8) | (1) | (4) | (13) | | (30) | (30) | (0.9)% |
Singapore | 26,644 | 68 | 26,712 | | 379 | 41 | 34 | 454 | | 282 | 282 | | (15) | (18) | (33) | | (2) | (5) | (4) | (11) | | (247) | (247) | (1.1)% |
Mortgages | 14,993 | 16 | 15,009 | | 230 | 34 | 11 | 275 | | 13 | 13 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | (4) | (4) | (0.0)% |
Credit cards | 1,916 | 25 | 1,941 | | 11 | 5 | 16 | 32 | | 10 | 10 | | (7) | (17) | (24) | | - | (5) | (3) | (8) | | (16) | (16) | (2.4)% |
Others | 9,735 | 27 | 9,762 | | 138 | 2 | 7 | 147 | | 259 | 259 | | (8) | (1) | (9) | | (2) | - | (1) | (3) | | (227) | (227) | (2.4)% |
Korea | 22,966 | 211 | 23,177 | | 462 | 20 | 9 | 491 | | 93 | 93 | | (40) | - | (40) | | (18) | - | - | (18) | | (19) | (19) | (0.3)% |
Mortgages | 16,535 | 164 | 16,699 | | 364 | 18 | 8 | 390 | | 69 | 69 | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (0.0)% |
Credit cards | 113 | 2 | 115 | | 3 | - | - | 3 | | - | - | | (4) | - | (4) | | - | - | - | - | | - | - | (3.4)% |
Others | 6,318 | 45 | 6,363 | | 95 | 2 | 1 | 98 | | 24 | 24 | | (36) | - | (36) | | (18) | - | - | (18) | | (19) | (19) | (1.1)% |
Rest of World | 26,653 | 4,787 | 31,440 | | 440 | 79 | 256 | 775 | | 947 | 947 | | (169) | (29) | (198) | | (31) | (7) | (42) | (80) | | (457) | (457) | (2.2)% |
Mortgages | 14,678 | 2,297 | 16,975 | | 156 | 48 | 134 | 338 | | 375 | 375 | | (5) | (2) | (7) | | (2) | - | (1) | (3) | | (118) | (118) | (0.7)% |
Credit cards | 1,419 | 68 | 1,487 | | 73 | 1 | 15 | 89 | | 40 | 40 | | (26) | (9) | (35) | | (7) | - | (10) | (17) | | (16) | (16) | (4.2)% |
Others | 10,556 | 2,422 | 12,978 | | 211 | 29 | 107 | 347 | | 532 | 532 | | (138) | (18) | (156) | | (22) | (7) | (31) | (60) | | (323) | (323) | (3.9)% |
Total | 119,193 | 5,308 | 124,501 | | 1,795 | 213 | 350 | 2,358 | | 1,496 | 1,496 | | (248) | (81) | (329) | | (79) | (25) | (58) | (162) | | (772) | (772) | (1.0)% |
1 Amounts have been re-presented from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East, and Europe and Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported balances.
Undrawn commitment and financial guarantees - by client segment credit quality
Amortised cost | Wealth & Retail Banking and Ventures | ||||||||
2024 | |||||||||
Notional | | ECL | |||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
Strong | 70,595 | 100 | - | 70,695 | | (15) | (3) | - | (18) |
Satisfactory | 850 | 11 | - | 861 | | (5) | (1) | - | (6) |
Higher risk | - | 21 | - | 21 | | - | (3) | - | (3) |
Impaired | - | - | 8 | 8 | | - | - | - | - |
Total | 71,445 | 132 | 8 | 71,585 | | (20) | (7) | - | (27) |
Amortised cost | 2023 | ||||||||
Notional | | ECL | |||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
Strong | 73,819 | 160 | - | 73,980 | | (15) | (3) | - | (18) |
Satisfactory | 889 | 18 | - | 907 | | (5) | (1) | - | (6) |
Higher risk | - | 33 | - | 33 | | - | (3) | - | (3) |
Impaired | - | - | 3 | 3 | | - | - | - | - |
Total | 74,708 | 211 | 3 | 74,922 | | (20) | (7) | - | (27) |
Movement in gross exposures and credit impairment for loans and advances, debt securities, undrawn commitments and financial guarantees (audited)
The tables overleaf set out the movement in gross exposures and credit impairment by stage in respect of amortised cost loans to banks and customers, undrawn commitments, financial guarantees and debt securities classified at amortised cost and FVOCI. The tables are presented for the Group and separately for CIB and WRB (which also includes a separate presentation for secured and unsecured exposures).
Methodology
The movement lines within the tables are an aggregation of monthly movements over the year and will therefore reflect the accumulation of multiple trades during the year. The credit impairment charge in the income statement comprises the amounts within the boxes in the table below, less recoveries of amounts previously written off. Discount unwind is reported in net interest income and related to stage 3 financial instruments only.
The approach for determining the key line items in the tables is set out below.
• Transfers - transfers between stages are deemed to occur at the beginning of a month based on prior month closing balances.
Page 29
• Net remeasurement from stage changes - the remeasurement of credit impairment provisions arising from a change in stage is reported within the stage that the assets are transferred to. For example, assets transferred into stage 2 are remeasured from a 12-month to a lifetime ECL, with the effect of remeasurement reported in stage 2. For stage 3, this represents the initial remeasurement from specific provisions recognised on individual assets transferred into stage 3 in the year.
• Net changes in exposures - new business written less repayments in the year. Within stage 1, new business written will attract up to 12 months of ECL charges. Repayments of non-amortising loans (primarily within CIB) will have low amounts of ECL provisions attributed to them, due to the release of provisions over the term to maturity. In stages 2 and 3, the net change in exposures reflect repayments although stage 2 may include new facilities where clients are on non-purely precautionary early alert, are CG 12, or when non-investment grade debt securities are acquired.
• Changes in risk parameters - for stages 1 and 2, this reflects changes in the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD) of assets during the year, which includes the impact of releasing provisions over the term to maturity. It also includes the effect of changes in forecasts of macroeconomic variables during the year. In stage 3, this line represents additional specific provisions recognised on exposures held within stage 3.
• Interest due but not paid - change in contractual amount of interest due in stage 3 financial instruments but not paid, being the net of accruals, repayments and write-offs, together with the corresponding change in credit impairment.
Changes to ECL models, which incorporate changes to model approaches and methodologies, are not reported as a separate line item as these have an impact over a number of lines and stages.
Movements during the year
Stage 1 gross exposures decreased by $3.2 billion to $721 billion (31 December 2023: $724 billion). CIB exposure increased by $30 billion to $367 billion (31 December 2023: $337 billion), due to an increase in exposures in financial guarantees in the Energy, Financing, Insurance and Transport sectors. WRB decreased by $11.4 billion to $180 billion (31 December 2023: $191 billion), largely driven by fewer mortgages in Korea, Singapore and Hong Kong, as well as off-balance sheet commitments. Debt securities decreased by $16.5 billion, largely in the Central and other items segment which had also seen a $6.3 billion reduction in loan balances.
Total stage 1 provisions increased by $56 million to $582 million (31 December 2023: $526 million). CIB provisions decreased by $18 million to $133 million (31 December 2023: $151 million), due to a release in the China CRE overlay which was driven by repayments and portfolio movements. This was partly offset by new overlays of $27 million, primarily in Bangladesh. WRB provisions increased by $67 million to $392 million (31 December 2023: $325 million), due to delinquencies in the personal loans and unsecured lending portfolio.
Stage 2 gross exposures decreased by $4 billion to $19 billion (31 December 2023: $22 billion), primarily driven by a net reduction in CIB exposures from off-balance sheet instruments. WRB exposures decreased by $0.4 billion to $2 billion (31 December 2023: $2.5 billion), mainly due to the mortgage portfolio.
Stage 2 provisions increased by $20 million to $537 million (31 December 2023: $517 million). CIB provisions increased by $44 million to $362 million (31 December 2023: $318 million), due to $76 million new overlays, largely in Hong Kong, and portfolio movements. This was offset by China CRE overlay releases, which were driven by repayments. WRB provisions increased by $11 million to $151 million (31 December 2023: $140 million) mainly driven by the overlay in Korea due to the settlement failure of two e-commerce platforms. Debt securities primarily held in the Central and other items segment decreased by $31 million, due to sovereign upgrades.
The impact of model and methodology updates in 2024 reduced modelled provisions by $15 million across stages 1, 2 and 3 in WRB.
Stage 3 gross exposures for CIB decreased by $1.1 billion to $5.2 billion (31 December 2023: $6.3 billion) due to repayments and write-offs. CIB provisions decreased by $0.3 billion to $3.3 billion (31 December 2023: $3.7 billion), due to releases from repayments and write-offs. WRB stage 3 loans remained broadly stable at $1.6 billion (31 December 2023: $1.5 billion) and provisions also remained stable at $0.8 billion (31 December 2023: $0.8 billion). The amount of stage 3 exposures written off during the year that remain subject to enforcement activity is $1.2 billion (31 December 2023: $1 billion).
Page 30
All segments (audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3⁵ | | Total | ||||||||
Gross balance3 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance3 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance3 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance3 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | ||||
As at 1 January 2023 | 720,112 | (645) | 719,467 | | 27,479 | (618) | 26,861 | | 8,841 | (4,724) | 4,117 | | 756,432 | (5,987) | 750,445 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 19,594 | (661) | 18,933 | | (19,583) | 661 | (18,922) | | (11) | - | (11) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (42,628) | 174 | (42,454) | | 42,793 | (182) | 42,611 | | (165) | 8 | (157) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (96) | 6 | (90) | | (2,329) | 326 | (2,003) | | 2,425 | (332) | 2,093 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 23,717 | (185) | 23,532 | | (22,727) | 22 | (22,705) | | (1,708) | 624 | (1,084) | | (718) | 461 | (257) |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 52 | 52 | | - | (199) | (199) | | - | (163) | (163) | | - | (310) | (310) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 202 | 202 | | - | (32) | (32) | | - | (1,100) | (1,100) | | - | (930) | (930) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (1,027) | 1,027 | - | | (1,027) | 1,027 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (83) | 83 | - | | (83) | 83 | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 180 | 180 | | - | 180 | 180 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements¹ | 3,177 | 531 | 3,708 | | (3,365) | (495) | (3,860) | | (128) | (102) | (230) | | (316) | (66) | (382) |
As at 31 December 2023² | 723,876 | (526) | 723,350 | | 22,268 | (517) | 21,751 | | 8,144 | (4,499) | 3,645 | | 754,288 | (5,542) | 748,746 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 69 | | | | (209) | | | | (639) | | | | (779) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 271 | | | | 271 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 69 | | | | (209) | | | | (368) | | | | (508) | |
As at 1 January 2024 | 723,876 | (526) | 723,350 | | 22,268 | (517) | 21,751 | | 8,144 | (4,499) | 3,645 | | 754,288 | (5,542) | 748,746 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 16,433 | (543) | 15,890 | | (16,423) | 543 | (15,880) | | (10) | - | (10) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (33,301) | 128 | (33,173) | | 33,770 | (153) | 33,617 | | (469) | 25 | (444) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (1,631) | 63 | (1,568) | | (146) | 168 | 22 | | 1,777 | (231) | 1,546 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 29,928 | (173) | 29,755 | | (18,435) | 80 | (18,355) | | (1,383) | 622 | (761) | | 10,110 | 529 | 10,639 |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 61 | 61 | | - | (185) | (185) | | - | (203) | (203) | | - | (327) | (327) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 84 | 84 | | - | (242) | (242) | | - | (873) | (873) | | - | (1,031) | (1,031) |
Derecognised | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | - | - |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (1,260) | 1,260 | - | | (1,260) | 1,260 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | 53 | (53) | - | | 53 | (53) | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 135 | 135 | | - | 135 | 135 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements¹ | (14,626) | 324 | (14,302) | | (2,427) | (231) | (2,658) | | 147 | (268) | (121) | | (16,906) | (175) | (17,081) |
As at 31 December 2024² | 720,679 | (582) | 720,097 | | 18,607 | (537) | 18,070 | | 6,999 | (4,085) | 2,914 | | 746,285 | (5,204) | 741,081 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release⁶ | | (28) | | | | (347) | | | | (454) | | | | (829) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 279 | | | | 279 | |
Total credit impairment | | (28) | | | | (347) | | | | (175) | | | | (550) | |
1 Includes fair value adjustments and amortisation on debt securities
2 Excludes Cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Assets held for sale and Other assets gross balances of $101,755 million (31 December 2023: $111,478 million) and Total credit impairment of $63 million (31 December 2023: $59 million)
3 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments
4 Reported basis
5 Stage 3 gross includes $59 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with impairment of $Nil million (31 December 2023: $14 million)
6 Does not include release relating to Other assets of $3 million (31 December 2023: Nil)
Page 31
Corporate & Investment Banking (audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | | Total | ||||||||
Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | ||||
As at 1 January 2023 | 315,437 | (194) | 315,243 | | 20,148 | (411) | 19,737 | | 6,994 | (3,822) | 3,172 | | 342,579 | (4,427) | 338,152 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 14,948 | (347) | 14,601 | | (14,948) | 347 | (14,601) | | - | - | - | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (34,133) | 80 | (34,053) | | 34,175 | (88) | 34,087 | | (42) | 8 | (34) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (17) | - | (17) | | (1,270) | 141 | (1,129) | | 1,287 | (141) | 1,146 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 41,314 | (73) | 41,241 | | (20,084) | 89 | (19,995) | | (1,335) | 623 | (712) | | 19,895 | 639 | 20,534 |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 15 | 15 | | - | (45) | (45) | | - | (82) | (82) | | - | (112) | (112) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 60 | 60 | | - | (68) | (68) | | - | (668) | (668) | | - | (676) | (676) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (340) | 340 | - | | (340) | 340 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (120) | 120 | - | | (120) | 120 | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 155 | 155 | | - | 155 | 155 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (360) | 308 | (52) | | (1,148) | (283) | (1,431) | | (188) | (184) | (372) | | (1,696) | (159) | (1,855) |
As at 31 December 2023 | 337,189 | (151) | 337,038 | | 16,873 | (318) | 16,555 | | 6,256 | (3,651) | 2,605 | | 360,318 | (4,120) | 356,198 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 2 | | | | (24) | | | | (127) | | | | (149) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 31 | | | | 31 | |
Total credit impairment | | 2 | | | | (24) | | | | (96) | | | | (118) | |
As at 1 January 2024 | 337,189 | (151) | 337,038 | | 16,873 | (318) | 16,555 | | 6,256 | (3,651) | 2,605 | | 360,318 | (4,120) | 356,198 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 10,390 | (245) | 10,145 | | (10,390) | 245 | (10,145) | | - | - | - | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (25,698) | 47 | (25,651) | | 25,810 | (58) | 25,752 | | (112) | 11 | (101) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (186) | (4) | (190) | | (186) | 22 | (164) | | 372 | (18) | 354 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 50,866 | (50) | 50,816 | | (16,508) | 88 | (16,420) | | (1,063) | 607 | (456) | | 33,295 | 645 | 33,940 |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 16 | 16 | | (4) | (36) | (40) | | - | (100) | (100) | | (4) | (120) | (124) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 29 | 29 | | - | (129) | (129) | | - | (336) | (336) | | - | (436) | (436) |
Derecognised | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | - | - |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (321) | 321 | - | | (321) | 321 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | 25 | (25) | - | | 25 | (25) | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 104 | 104 | | - | 104 | 104 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (5,455) | 225 | (5,230) | | (726) | (176) | (902) | | 13 | (225) | (212) | | (6,168) | (176) | (6,344) |
As at 31 December 2024 | 367,106 | (133) | 366,973 | | 14,869 | (362) | 14,507 | | 5,170 | (3,312) | 1,858 | | 387,145 | (3,807) | 383,338 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | (5) | | | | (77) | | | | 171 | | | | 89 | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 26 | | | | 26 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | (5) | | | | (77) | | | | 197 | | | | 115 | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments
Page 32
Wealth & Retail Banking (audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | | Total | ||||||||
Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | ||||
As at 1 January 2023 | 193,239 | (413) | 192,826 | | 1,821 | (118) | 1,703 | | 1,454 | (776) | 678 | | 196,514 | (1,307) | 195,207 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 4,265 | (246) | 4,019 | | (4,254) | 246 | (4,008) | | (11) | - | (11) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (7,544) | 73 | (7,471) | | 7,667 | (73) | 7,594 | | (123) | - | (123) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (64) | 1 | (63) | | (1,049) | 187 | (862) | | 1,113 | (188) | 925 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 1,965 | (78) | 1,887 | | (1,713) | 14 | (1,699) | | (395) | - | (395) | | (143) | (64) | (207) |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 31 | 31 | | - | (137) | (137) | | - | (38) | (38) | | - | (144) | (144) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 110 | 110 | | - | (69) | (69) | | - | (426) | (426) | | - | (385) | (385) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (649) | 649 | - | | (649) | 649 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | 37 | (37) | - | | 37 | (37) | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 24 | 24 | | - | 24 | 24 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (862) | 197 | (665) | | - | (190) | (190) | | 59 | 33 | 92 | | (803) | 40 | (763) |
As at 31 December 2023 | 190,999 | (325) | 190,674 | | 2,472 | (140) | 2,332 | | 1,485 | (759) | 726 | | 194,956 | (1,224) | 193,732 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 63 | | | | (192) | | | | (464) | | | | (593) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 239 | | | | 239 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 63 | | | | (192) | | | | (225) | | | | (354) | |
As at 1 January 2024 | 190,999 | (325) | 190,674 | | 2,472 | (140) | 2,332 | | 1,485 | (759) | 726 | | 194,956 | (1,224) | 193,732 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 5,126 | (288) | 4,838 | | (5,116) | 288 | (4,828) | | (10) | - | (10) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (7,393) | 80 | (7,313) | | 7,525 | (80) | 7,445 | | (132) | - | (132) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (98) | 1 | (97) | | (1,254) | 211 | (1,043) | | 1,352 | (212) | 1,140 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | (3,926) | (89) | (4,015) | | (1,505) | 21 | (1,484) | | (431) | - | (431) | | (5,862) | (68) | (5,930) |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 29 | 29 | | - | (144) | (144) | | - | (44) | (44) | | - | (159) | (159) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 19 | 19 | | - | (152) | (152) | | - | (537) | (537) | | - | (670) | (670) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (808) | 808 | - | | (808) | 808 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | 28 | (28) | - | | 28 | (28) | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 30 | 30 | | - | 30 | 30 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (5,128) | 181 | (4,947) | | (92) | (155) | (247) | | 139 | (16) | 123 | | (5,081) | 10 | (5,071) |
As at 31 December 2024 | 179,580 | (392) | 179,188 | | 2,030 | (151) | 1,879 | | 1,623 | (758) | 865 | | 183,233 | (1,301) | 181,932 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | (41) | | | | (275) | | | | (581) | | | | (897) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 253 | | | | 253 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | (41) | | | | (275) | | | | (328) | | | | (644) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off-balance sheet instruments
Page 33
Wealth & Retail Banking - Secured (audited)
Amortised cost and FVOCI | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | | Total | ||||||||
Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | ||||
As at 1 January 2023 | 135,362 | (60) | 135,302 | | 1,413 | (17) | 1,396 | | 1,028 | (552) | 476 | | 137,803 | (629) | 137,174 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 3,311 | (20) | 3,291 | | (3,302) | 20 | (3,282) | | (9) | - | (9) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (5,340) | 11 | (5,329) | | 5,436 | (9) | 5,427 | | (96) | (2) | (98) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (28) | 1 | (27) | | (463) | 1 | (462) | | 491 | (2) | 489 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | (3,138) | (16) | (3,154) | | (1,250) | 3 | (1,247) | | (216) | - | (216) | | (4,604) | (13) | (4,617) |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 4 | 4 | | - | (16) | (16) | | - | (3) | (3) | | - | (15) | (15) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 22 | 22 | | - | 24 | 24 | | - | (110) | (110) | | - | (64) | (64) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (109) | 109 | - | | (109) | 109 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (3) | 3 | - | | (3) | 3 | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 12 | 12 | | - | 12 | 12 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (369) | 25 | (344) | | (7) | (22) | (29) | | (24) | 20 | (4) | | (400) | 23 | (377) |
As at 31 December 2023 | 129,798 | (33) | 129,765 | | 1,827 | (16) | 1,811 | | 1,062 | (525) | 537 | | 132,687 | (574) | 132,113 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 10 | | | | 11 | | | | (113) | | | | (92) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 68 | | | | 68 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 10 | | | | 11 | | | | (45) | | | | (24) | |
As at 1 January 2024 | 129,798 | (33) | 129,765 | | 1,827 | (16) | 1,811 | | 1,062 | (525) | 537 | | 132,687 | (574) | 132,113 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 3,839 | (23) | 3,816 | | (3,836) | 23 | (3,813) | | (3) | - | (3) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (4,952) | 13 | (4,939) | | 5,054 | (13) | 5,041 | | (102) | - | (102) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (43) | - | (43) | | (566) | 19 | (547) | | 609 | (19) | 590 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 2,570 | (11) | 2,559 | | (917) | 8 | (909) | | (268) | - | (268) | | 1,385 | (3) | 1,382 |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 6 | 6 | | - | (15) | (15) | | - | (7) | (7) | | - | (16) | (16) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | (6) | (6) | | - | (6) | (6) | | - | (129) | (129) | | - | (141) | (141) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (114) | 114 | - | | (114) | 114 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | 53 | (53) | - | | 53 | (53) | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 16 | 16 | | - | 16 | 16 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (4,496) | 6 | (4,490) | | (57) | (31) | (88) | | (33) | 47 | 14 | | (4,586) | 22 | (4,564) |
As at 31 December 2024 | 126,716 | (48) | 126,668 | | 1,505 | (31) | 1,474 | | 1,204 | (556) | 648 | | 129,425 | (635) | 128,790 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | (11) | | | | (13) | | | | (136) | | | | (160) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 80 | | | | 80 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | (11) | | | | (13) | | | | (56) | | | | (80) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments
Page 34
Wealth & Retail Banking - Unsecured (audited)
Retail Banking Amortised cost nd FVOCI | Stage 1 | | Stage 2 | | Stage 3 | | Total | ||||||||
Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | Gross balance1 | Total credit impair-ment | Net | ||||
As at 1 January 2023 | 57,877 | (353) | 57,524 | | 408 | (101) | 307 | | 426 | (224) | 202 | | 58,711 | (678) | 58,033 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 954 | (226) | 728 | | (952) | 226 | (726) | | (2) | - | (2) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (2,204) | 62 | (2,142) | | 2,231 | (64) | 2,167 | | (27) | 2 | (25) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (36) | - | (36) | | (586) | 186 | (400) | | 622 | (186) | 436 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | 5,103 | (62) | 5,041 | | (463) | 11 | (452) | | (179) | - | (179) | | 4,461 | (51) | 4,410 |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 27 | 27 | | - | (121) | (121) | | - | (35) | (35) | | - | (129) | (129) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 88 | 88 | | - | (93) | (93) | | - | (316) | (316) | | - | (321) | (321) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (540) | 540 | - | | (540) | 540 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | 40 | (40) | - | | 40 | (40) | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 12 | 12 | | - | 12 | 12 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (493) | 172 | (321) | | 7 | (168) | (161) | | 83 | 13 | 96 | | (403) | 17 | (386) |
As at 31 December 2023 | 61,201 | (292) | 60,909 | | 645 | (124) | 521 | | 423 | (234) | 189 | | 62,269 | (650) | 61,619 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | 53 | | | | (203) | | | | (351) | | | | (501) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 171 | | | | 171 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | 53 | | | | (203) | | | | (180) | | | | (330) | |
As at 1 January 2024 | 61,201 | (292) | 60,909 | | 645 | (124) | 521 | | 423 | (234) | 189 | | 62,269 | (650) | 61,619 |
Transfers to stage 1 | 1,287 | (265) | 1,022 | | (1,280) | 265 | (1,015) | | (7) | - | (7) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 2 | (2,441) | 67 | (2,374) | | 2,471 | (67) | 2,404 | | (30) | - | (30) | | - | - | - |
Transfers to stage 3 | (55) | 1 | (54) | | (688) | 192 | (496) | | 743 | (193) | 550 | | - | - | - |
Net change in exposures | (6,496) | (78) | (6,574) | | (588) | 13 | (575) | | (163) | - | (163) | | (7,247) | (65) | (7,312) |
Net remeasurement from stage changes | - | 23 | 23 | | - | (129) | (129) | | - | (37) | (37) | | - | (143) | (143) |
Changes in risk parameters | - | 25 | 25 | | - | (146) | (146) | | - | (408) | (408) | | - | (529) | (529) |
Write-offs | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (694) | 694 | - | | (694) | 694 | - |
Interest due but unpaid | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | (25) | 25 | - | | (25) | 25 | - |
Discount unwind | - | - | - | | - | - | - | | - | 14 | 14 | | - | 14 | 14 |
Exchange translation differences and other movements | (632) | 175 | (457) | | (35) | (124) | (159) | | 172 | (63) | 109 | | (495) | (12) | (507) |
As at 31 December 2024 | 52,864 | (344) | 52,520 | | 525 | (120) | 405 | | 419 | (202) | 217 | | 53,808 | (666) | 53,142 |
Income statement ECL (charge)/release | | (30) | | | | (262) | | | | (445) | | | | (737) | |
Recoveries of amounts previously written off | | - | | | | - | | | | 172 | | | | 172 | |
Total credit impairment (charge)/release | | (30) | | | | (262) | | | | (273) | | | | (565) | |
1 The gross balance includes the notional amount of off balance sheet instruments
Page 35
Analysis of stage 2 balances
The table below analyses total stage 2 gross on-and off-balance sheet exposures and associated expected credit provisions by the key SICR driver that caused the exposures to be classified as stage 2 as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 for each segment.
Where multiple drivers apply, the exposure is allocated based on the table order. For example, a loan may have breached the PD thresholds and could also be on non-purely precautionary early alert; in this instance, the exposure is reported under 'Increase in PD'.
| 2024 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate & | | Wealth & | | Ventures | | Central & other items1 | | Total | |||||||||||
Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | Gross | ECL | Coverage | |||||
Increase in PD | 8,465 | 112 | 1.3% | | 1,366 | 104 | 7.6% | | 48 | 20 | 31.3% | | 154 | - | 0.0% | | 10,033 | 236 | 2.4% |
Non-purely precautionary early alert | 3,473 | 44 | 1.3% | | 30 | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 3,503 | 44 | 1.3% |
Higher risk (CG12) | 686 | 24 | 3.5% | | 18 | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 1,488 | 1 | 0.4% | | 2,192 | 25 | 1.1% |
Top up/Sell down (Private Banking) | - | - | 0.0% | | 254 | 1 | 0.4% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 254 | 1 | 0.4% |
Others | 2,245 | 25 | 1.1% | | 150 | 5 | 3.3% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 482 | - | 0.0% | | 2,877 | 30 | 1.0% |
30 days past due | - | - | 0.0% | | 212 | 19 | 9.0% | | 6 | 4 | 66.7% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 218 | 23 | 10.6% |
Management overlay | - | 157 | 0.0% | | - | 22 | 0.0% | | - | 3 | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | 182 | 0.0% |
Total stage 2 | 14,869 | 362 | 2.4% | | 2,030 | 151 | 7.4% | | 54 | 27 | 40.7% | | 2,124 | 1 | 0.3% | | 19,077 | 541 | 2.8% |
| 2023 | ||||||||||||||||||
Increase in PD | 8,262 | 75 | 0.9% | | 1,962 | 109 | 5.6% | | 96 | 23 | 24.0% | | 599 | 13 | 2.2% | | 10,919 | 220 | 2.0% |
Non-purely precautionary early alert | 5,136 | 26 | 0.5% | | 37 | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 5,173 | 26 | 0.5% |
Higher risk (CG12) | 1,008 | 56 | 5.6% | | 26 | 1 | 3.8% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 2,020 | 17 | 0.8% | | 3,054 | 74 | 2.4% |
Top up/Sell down (Private Banking) | - | - | 0.0% | | 148 | 2 | 1.4% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 148 | 2 | 1.7% |
Others | 2,467 | 37 | 1.5% | | 151 | 16 | 10.6% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 489 | - | 0.0% | | 3,107 | 53 | 1.7% |
30 days past due | - | - | 0.0% | | 148 | 12 | 8.1% | | 2 | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | 150 | 12 | 7.7% |
Management overlay | - | 124 | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | - | 0.0% | | - | 17 | 0.0% | | - | 141 | 0.0% |
Total stage 2 | 16,873 | 318 | 1.9% | | 2,472 | 140 | 5.7% | | 98 | 23 | 23.5% | | 3,108 | 47 | 1.5% | | 22,551 | 528 | 2.3% |
1 Includes Gross and ECL for Cash and balances at central banks and Assets held for sale
Credit impairment charge (audited)
The table below analyses credit impairment charges or releases of the ongoing business portfolio and restructuring business portfolio for the year ended 31 December 2024.
| 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||
Stage 1 & 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 & 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||
Ongoing business portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking | 81 | (187) | (106) |
| 11 | 112 | 123 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 317 | 327 | 644 |
| 129 | 225 | 354 |
Ventures | 10 | 64 | 74 |
| 42 | 43 | 85 |
Central & other items | (37) | (18) | (55) |
| (44) | 10 | (34) |
Credit impairment charge/(release) | 371 | 186 | 557 |
| 138 | 390 | 528 |
Restructuring business portfolio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Others | 1 | (11) | (10) |
| 1 | (21) | (20) |
Credit impairment charge/(release) | 1 | (11) | (10) |
| 1 | (21) | (20) |
Total credit impairment charge/(release) | 372 | 175 | 547 |
| 139 | 369 | 508 |
Page 36
Problem credit management and provisioning (audited)
Forborne and other modified loans by client segment
A forborne loan arises when a concession has been made to the contractual terms of a loan in response to a customer's financial difficulties.
Net forborne loans decreased by $221 million to $784 million (31 December 2023: $1 billion), mainly due to repayments in CIB non-performing forborne loans. Net non-performing forborne loans decreased by $235 million to $732 million (31 December 2023: $967 million), which was partly offset by a $17 million increase in CIB performing forborne loans.
Amortised cost | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||
Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & | Total | Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & | Total | ||
Gross stage 1 and 2 forborne loans | 17 | 36 | 53 |
| - | 40 | 40 |
Modification of terms and conditions1 | 17 | 36 | 53 |
| - | 40 | 40 |
Impairment provisions | - | (1) | (1) |
| - | (2) | (2) |
Modification of terms and conditions1 | - | (1) | (1) |
| - | (2) | (2) |
Net stage 1 and 2 forborne loans | 17 | 35 | 52 |
| - | 38 | 38 |
Collateral | - | 27 | 27 |
| - | 31 | 31 |
Gross stage 3 forborne loans | 2,065 | 258 | 2,323 |
| 2,340 | 274 | 2,614 |
Modification of terms and conditions1 | 1,824 | 258 | 2,082 |
| 2,113 | 274 | 2,387 |
Refinancing2 | 241 | - | 241 |
| 227 | - | 227 |
Impairment provisions | (1,481) | (110) | (1,591) |
| (1,529) | (118) | (1,647) |
Modification of terms and conditions1 | (1,242) | (110) | (1,352) |
| (1,337) | (118) | (1,454) |
Refinancing2 | (239) | - | (239) |
| (192) | - | (192) |
Net stage 3 forborne loans | 584 | 148 | 732 |
| 811 | 156 | 967 |
Collateral | 172 | 55 | 227 |
| 341 | 49 | 390 |
Net carrying value of forborne loans | 601 | 183 | 784 |
| 811 | 194 | 1,005 |
1 Modification of terms is any contractual change apart from refinancing, as a result of credit stress of the counterparty, i.e. interest reductions, loan covenant waivers
2 Refinancing is a new contract to a borrower in credit stress, such that they are refinanced and can pay other debt contracts that they were unable to honour
Forborne and other modified loans by key geography
Net forborne loans decreased by $221 million to $784 million (31 December 2023: $1 billion), mainly due to non-performing forborne loans.
Amortised cost | 2024 |
| 20233 | ||||||||||||||
Hong Kong | Korea | China | Singa-pore | UK | US | Other | Total | Hong Kong | Korea | China | Singa-pore | UK | US | Other | Total | ||
Performing forborne loans | 2 | 8 | - | 3 | - | - | 39 | 52 |
| - | 6 | - | 3 | - | - | 29 | 38 |
Stage 3 forborne loans | 118 | 18 | 77 | 25 | 78 | 1 | 415 | 732 |
| 104 | 22 | 114 | 37 | 46 | 1 | 643 | 967 |
Net forborne loans | 120 | 26 | 77 | 28 | 78 | 1 | 454 | 784 |
| 104 | 28 | 114 | 40 | 46 | 1 | 672 | 1,005 |
3 Amounts have been re-presented from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East, and Europe and Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported balances)
Credit Risk mitigation
Potential credit losses from any given account, customer or portfolio are mitigated using a range of tools such as collateral, netting arrangements, credit insurance and credit derivatives, taking into account expected volatility and guarantees.
The reliance that can be placed on these mitigants is carefully assessed in light of issues such as legal certainty and enforceability, market valuation correlation and counterparty risk of the guarantor.
Page 37
Collateral (audited)
A secured loan is one where the borrower pledges an asset as collateral of which the Group is able to take possession in the event that the borrower defaults.
The collateral values in the table below (which covers loans and advances to banks and customers, excluding those held at fair value through profit or loss) are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation. The extent of over-collateralisation has been determined with reference to both the drawn and undrawn components of exposure as this best reflects the effect of collateral and other credit enhancements on the amounts arising from ECL. The value of collateral reflects management's best estimate and is backtested against our prior experience.
Collateral held on loans and advances
The table below details collateral held against exposures, separately disclosing stage 2 and stage 3 exposure and corresponding collateral.
Amortised cost | 2024 | ||||||||||
Net amount outstanding |
| Collateral |
| Net exposure | |||||||
Total | Stage 2 financial | Credit-impaired financial | Total2 | Stage 2 financial assets | Credit-impaired financial | Total | Stage 2 financial | Credit-impaired financial | |||
Corporate & Investment Banking1 | 181,897 | 8,657 | 1,376 |
| 36,750 | 3,052 | 298 |
| 145,147 | 5,605 | 1,078 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 119,248 | 1,758 | 858 |
| 85,163 | 891 | 584 |
| 34,085 | 867 | 274 |
Ventures | 1,389 | 25 | 1 |
| - | - | - |
| 1,389 | 25 | 1 |
Central & other items | 22,091 | 35 | 98 |
| 80 | 35 | - |
| 22,011 | - | 98 |
Total | 324,625 | 10,475 | 2,333 |
| 121,993 | 3,978 | 882 |
| 202,632 | 6,497 | 1,451 |
| 2023 | ||||||||||
Corporate & Investment Banking1 | 175,382 | 8,175 | 2,046 |
| 36,458 | 2,972 | 623 |
| 138,924 | 5,203 | 1,423 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 126,059 | 2,163 | 724 |
| 86,827 | 1,136 | 554 |
| 39,232 | 1,027 | 170 |
Ventures | 1,033 | 33 | - |
| - | - | - |
| 1,033 | 33 | - |
Central & other items | 29,478 | 964 | 209 |
| 2,475 | 964 | - |
| 27,003 | - | 209 |
Total | 331,952 | 11,335 | 2,979 |
| 125,760 | 5,072 | 1,177 |
| 206,192 | 6,263 | 1,802 |
1 Includes loans and advances to banks
2 Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures
Collateral - Corporate & Investment Banking (audited)
Our underwriting standards encourage taking specific charges on assets and we consistently seek high-quality, investment-grade collateral.
Collateral taken for longer-term and sub-investment grade corporate loans increased to 49 per cent (31 December 2023: 41 per cent).
The unadjusted market value of collateral across all asset types, in respect of CIB, without adjusting for over collateralisation, increased to $383 billion (31 December 2023: $290 billion) predominantly due to an increase in reverse repos.
88 per cent (31 December 2023: 83 per cent) of tangible collateral excluding reverse repurchase agreements and financial guarantees held comprises physical assets with the remainder held in cash. Overall collateral remained broadly stable at $37 billion (31 December 2023: $36 billion).
Non-tangible collateral, such as guarantees and standby letters of credit, is also held against corporate exposures, although the financial effect of this type of collateral is less significant in terms of recoveries. However, this is considered when determining the loss given default and other credit-related factors. Collateral is also held against off-balance sheet exposures, including undrawn commitments and trade-related instruments.
Page 38
Corporate & Investment Banking
Amortised cost | 2024 | 2023 |
Maximum exposure | 181,897 | 175,382 |
Property | 8,504 | 9,339 |
Plant, machinery and other stock | 935 | 933 |
Cash | 1,973 | 2,985 |
Reverse repos | 12,568 | 13,826 |
AA- to AA+ | 938 | 1,036 |
A- to A+ | 8,324 | 10,606 |
BBB- to BBB+ | 1,437 | 855 |
Lower than BBB- | 95 | 169 |
Unrated | 1,774 | 1,160 |
Financial guarantees and insurance | 7,075 | 5,057 |
Commodities | 33 | 5 |
Ships and aircraft | 5,662 | 4,313 |
Total value of collateral1 | 36,750 | 36,458 |
Net exposure | 145,147 | 138,924 |
1 Adjusted for over-collateralisation based on the drawn and undrawn components of exposures
Collateral - Wealth & Retail Banking (audited)
In WRB, fully secured products remain stable at 85 per cent of the total portfolio (31 December 2023: 85 per cent).
The following table presents an analysis of loans to individuals by product - split between fully secured, partially secured and unsecured.
Amortised cost | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Fully | Partially secured¹ | Unsecured | Total2 | Fully | Partially secured¹ | Unsecured | Total² | ||
Maximum exposure | 101,264 | 536 | 17,448 | 119,248 |
| 106,914 | 505 | 18,640 | 126,059 |
Loans to individuals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages | 76,696 | - | - | 76,696 |
| 82,943 | - | - | 82,943 |
CCPL | 463 | - | 16,343 | 16,806 |
| 375 | - | 17,395 | 17,770 |
Auto | 160 | - | - | 160 |
| 312 | - | - | 312 |
Secured wealth products | 21,928 | - | - | 21,928 |
| 20,303 | - | - | 20,303 |
Other | 2,017 | 536 | 1,105 | 3,658 |
| 2,981 | 505 | 1,245 | 4,731 |
Total collateral2 |
|
|
| 85,163 |
|
|
|
| 86,827 |
Net exposure3 |
|
|
| 34,085 |
|
|
|
| 39,232 |
Percentage of total loans | 85% | 0% | 15% |
|
| 85% | 0% | 15% |
|
1 Secured loans are fully secured if the fair value of the collateral is equal to or greater than the loan at the time of origination. All other secured loans are considered to be partly secure
2 Collateral values are adjusted where appropriate in accordance with our risk mitigation policy and for the effect of over-collateralisation
3 Amounts net of ECL
Mortgage loan-to-value ratios by geography (audited)
Loan-to-value (LTV) ratios measure the ratio of the current mortgage outstanding to the current fair value of the properties on which they are secured.
For the majority of mortgage loans, the value of property held as security significantly exceeds the principal outstanding of the loan. The average LTV of the overall mortgage portfolio increased to 48.9 per cent (31 December 2023: 47.1 per cent) driven by a decrease in property prices and regulatory relaxations in a few key markets, including Hong Kong and Korea. Hong Kong, which represents 34.3 per cent of WRB mortgage portfolio, has an average LTV of 58.6 per cent (31 December 2023: 55.7 per cent). The increase in Hong Kong residential mortgage LTV was due to a decrease in property prices. However, 29 per cent of the Hong Kong mortgage exposure is backed by credit insurance and, specifically, 95 per cent of mortgage exposure with LTV greater than 80 per cent is backed by credit insurance.
Our other key markets continued to have low portfolio average LTVs (Korea and Singapore at 42.1 per cent and 42.5 per cent respectively). Korea average LTV increased by 1.7 per cent ( 31 December 2023: 40.4 per cent) was mainly due to government relaxations whereby highly regulated areas have eased up to accommodate customers with higher LTV.
Page 39
An analysis of LTV ratios by geography for the mortgage portfolio is presented in the table below.
Amortised cost | 2024 |
| 20231 | ||||||||
Hong Kong | Singapore | Korea | Other | Total | Hong Kong | Singapore | Korea | Other | Total | ||
Less than 50 per cent | 40.9 | 52.7 | 64.1 | 50.2 | 51.3 |
| 44.9 | 50.9 | 69.5 | 51.0 | 54.9 |
50 per cent to 59 per cent | 17.6 | 21.8 | 13.2 | 15.4 | 16.5 |
| 19.5 | 24.7 | 11.0 | 16.7 | 17.1 |
60 per cent to 69 per cent | 12.7 | 15.6 | 13.5 | 17.0 | 14.3 |
| 9.7 | 15.2 | 9.7 | 16.3 | 11.9 |
70 per cent to 79 per cent | 5.5 | 9.6 | 8.3 | 12.7 | 8.5 |
| 4.3 | 8.7 | 8.9 | 11.6 | 7.9 |
80 per cent to 89 per cent | 5.1 | 0.1 | 0.8 | 4.1 | 2.9 |
| 7.3 | 0.5 | 0.6 | 3.6 | 3.3 |
90 per cent to 99 per cent | 8.2 | 0.0 | 0.1 | 0.5 | 3.0 |
| 7.4 | - | 0.1 | 0.4 | 2.5 |
100 per cent and greater | 10.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 3.5 |
| 7.0 | - | 0.1 | 0.4 | 2.4 |
Average portfolio loan-to-value | 58.6 | 42.5 | 42.1 | 48.0 | 48.9 |
| 55.7 | 43.4 | 40.4 | 47.8 | 47.1 |
Loans to individuals - mortgages ($million) | 31,506 | 13,756 | 13,703 | 17,731 | 76,696 |
| 32,935 | 15,292 | 17,157 | 17,559 | 82,943 |
1 Amounts have been re-presented from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East, and Europe and Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported balances.
Collateral and other credit enhancements possessed or called upon (audited)
The Group obtains assets by taking possession of collateral or calling upon other credit enhancements (such as guarantees). Repossessed properties are sold in an orderly fashion. Where the proceeds are in excess of the outstanding loan balance, the excess is returned to the borrower.
Certain equity securities acquired may be held by the Group for investment purposes and are classified as fair value through profit or loss, and the related loan written off. The carrying value of collateral possessed and held by the Group is $23.7 million (31 December 2023: $16.5 million).
| 2024 | 2023 |
Property, plant and equipment | 6.1 | 10.5 |
Guarantees | 4.7 | 6.0 |
Other | 12.9 | - |
Total | 23.7 | 16.5 |
Other Credit Risk mitigation (audited)
Other forms of Credit Risk mitigation are set out below.
Credit default swaps
The Group has entered into credit default swaps for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $3.5 billion (31 December 2023: $3.5 billion). These credit default swaps are accounted for as financial guarantees as per IFRS 9 as they will only reimburse the holder for an incurred loss on an underlying debt instrument. The Group continues to hold the underlying assets referenced in the credit default swaps and it continues to be exposed to related Credit Risk and Foreign Exchange Rate Risk on these assets.
Credit linked notes
The Group has issued credit linked notes for portfolio management purposes, referencing loan assets with a notional value of $18.6 billion (31 December 2023: $22.5 billion). The Group continues to hold the underlying assets for which the credit linked notes provide mitigation. The credit linked notes of $2.0 billion (31 December 2023: $2.1 billion) are recognised as a financial liability at amortised cost on the balance sheet and are adjusted, where appropriate, for reductions in expected future cash flows with a corresponding credit impairment in the income statement.
Derivative financial instruments
The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions. These are also set out under the 'Derivative financial instruments Credit Risk mitigation' section.
Off-balance sheet exposures
For certain types of exposures, such as letters of credit and guarantees, the Group obtains collateral such as cash depending on internal Credit Risk assessments, as well as in the case of letters of credit holding legal title to the underlying assets should a default take place.
Page 40
Other portfolio analysis
This section provides maturity analysis by credit quality by industry and industry and retail products analysis by key geography.
Maturity analysis of loans and advances by client segment
Loans and advances to the CIB segment remain predominantly short-term, with $91 billion (31 December 2023: $91 billion) maturing in less than one year. 91 per cent (31 December 2023: 98 per cent) of loans to banks mature in less than one year, as net exposures decreased to $44 billion (31 December 2023: $45 billion). Shorter maturities give us the flexibility to respond promptly to events and rebalance or reduce our exposure to clients or sectors that are facing increased pressure or uncertainty.
The WRB short-term book of one year or less, is stable at 27 per cent (31 December 2023: 26 per cent). The WRB long-term book of over five years also remained stable at 62 per cent (31 December 2023: 63 per cent).
Amortised cost | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
One year | One to | Over | Total | One year | One to | Over | Total | ||
Corporate & Investment Banking | 91,065 | 33,130 | 17,670 | 141,865 |
| 90,728 | 30,746 | 12,822 | 134,296 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 32,252 | 13,194 | 75,091 | 120,537 |
| 33,397 | 13,711 | 80,166 | 127,274 |
Ventures | 1,001 | 442 | - | 1,443 |
| 747 | 334 | - | 1,081 |
Central & other items | 22,085 | 2 | 4 | 22,091 |
| 29,448 | 43 | 3 | 29,494 |
Gross loans and advances to customers | 146,403 | 46,768 | 92,765 | 285,936 |
| 154,320 | 44,834 | 92,991 | 292,145 |
Impairment provisions | (4,369) | (409) | (126) | (4,904) |
| (4,872) | (185) | (113) | (5,170) |
Net loans and advances to customers | 142,034 | 46,359 | 92,639 | 281,032 |
| 149,448 | 44,649 | 92,878 | 286,975 |
Net loans and advances to banks | 39,591 | 3,699 | 303 | 43,593 |
| 43,955 | 1,021 | 1 | 44,977 |
Page 41
Credit quality by industry
Loans and advances
This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost portfolio by industry on a gross, total credit impairment and net basis.
Amortised cost | 2024 | ||||||||||||||
Stage 1 |
| Stage 2 |
| Stage 3 |
| Total | |||||||||
Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | ||||
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy | 12,147 | (9) | 12,138 |
| 468 | (57) | 411 |
| 870 | (559) | 311 |
| 13,485 | (625) | 12,860 |
Manufacturing | 19,942 | (12) | 19,930 |
| 840 | (16) | 824 |
| 418 | (305) | 113 |
| 21,200 | (333) | 20,867 |
Financing, insurance and non-banking | 34,452 | (16) | 34,436 |
| 1,238 | (6) | 1,232 |
| 154 | (142) | 12 |
| 35,844 | (164) | 35,680 |
Transport, telecom and utilities | 16,099 | (11) | 16,088 |
| 2,309 | (32) | 2,277 |
| 330 | (85) | 245 |
| 18,738 | (128) | 18,610 |
Food and household products | 8,425 | (8) | 8,417 |
| 267 | (8) | 259 |
| 251 | (198) | 53 |
| 8,943 | (214) | 8,729 |
Commercial real estate | 12,135 | (10) | 12,125 |
| 1,714 | (126) | 1,588 |
| 1,485 | (1,265) | 220 |
| 15,334 | (1,401) | 13,933 |
Mining and quarrying | 5,542 | (3) | 5,539 |
| 287 | (12) | 275 |
| 124 | (57) | 67 |
| 5,953 | (72) | 5,881 |
Consumer durables | 5,988 | (6) | 5,982 |
| 218 | (26) | 192 |
| 292 | (259) | 33 |
| 6,498 | (291) | 6,207 |
Construction | 1,925 | (2) | 1,923 |
| 528 | (5) | 523 |
| 171 | (160) | 11 |
| 2,624 | (167) | 2,457 |
Trading companies & distributors | 589 | - | 589 |
| 24 | (1) | 23 |
| 88 | (48) | 40 |
| 701 | (49) | 652 |
Government | 28,870 | - | 28,870 |
| 441 | (12) | 429 |
| 205 | (18) | 187 |
| 29,516 | (30) | 29,486 |
Other | 4,590 | (3) | 4,587 |
| 344 | (2) | 342 |
| 186 | (82) | 104 |
| 5,120 | (87) | 5,033 |
Total | 150,704 | (80) | 150,624 |
| 8,678 | (303) | 8,375 |
| 4,574 | (3,178) | 1,396 |
| 163,956 | (3,561) | 160,395 |
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage | 75,340 | (8) | 75,332 |
| 896 | (2) | 894 |
| 606 | (136) | 470 |
| 76,842 | (146) | 76,696 |
Credit Cards | 8,037 | (121) | 7,916 |
| 222 | (80) | 142 |
| 71 | (60) | 11 |
| 8,330 | (261) | 8,069 |
Personal Loan and other unsecured lending | 10,021 | (228) | 9,793 |
| 238 | (53) | 185 |
| 279 | (131) | 148 |
| 10,538 | (412) | 10,126 |
Auto | 159 | - | 159 |
| 1 | - | 1 |
| - | - | - |
| 160 | - | 160 |
Secured wealth products | 21,404 | (37) | 21,367 |
| 402 | (6) | 396 |
| 518 | (353) | 165 |
| 22,324 | (396) | 21,928 |
Other | 3,437 | (9) | 3,428 |
| 194 | (29) | 165 |
| 155 | (90) | 65 |
| 3,786 | (128) | 3,658 |
Total | 118,398 | (403) | 117,995 |
| 1,953 | (170) | 1,783 |
| 1,629 | (770) | 859 |
| 121,980 | (1,343) | 120,637 |
Net carrying value (customers)¹ | 269,102 | (483) | 268,619 |
| 10,631 | (473) | 10,158 |
| 6,203 | (3,948) | 2,255 |
| 285,936 | (4,904) | 281,032 |
Net carrying value (Banks)1 | 43,208 | (10) | 43,198 |
| 318 | (1) | 317 |
| 83 | (5) | 78 |
| 43,609 | (16) | 43,593 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $9,660 million for customers and $2,946 million for Banks.
Page 42
Amortised cost | 2023 | ||||||||||||||
Stage 1 |
| Stage 2 |
| Stage 3 |
| Total | |||||||||
Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | Gross balance | Total credit impair-ment | Net carrying amount | ||||
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy | 9,397 | (8) | 9,389 |
| 672 | (22) | 650 |
| 949 | (535) | 414 |
| 11,018 | (565) | 10,453 |
Manufacturing | 21,239 | (8) | 21,231 |
| 708 | (16) | 692 |
| 656 | (436) | 220 |
| 22,603 | (460) | 22,143 |
Financing, insurance and non-banking | 31,633 | (13) | 31,620 |
| 571 | (1) | 570 |
| 80 | (77) | 3 |
| 32,284 | (91) | 32,193 |
Transport, telecom and utilities | 14,710 | (8) | 14,702 |
| 1,722 | (36) | 1,686 |
| 481 | (178) | 303 |
| 16,913 | (222) | 16,691 |
Food and household products | 7,668 | (15) | 7,653 |
| 323 | (7) | 316 |
| 355 | (262) | 93 |
| 8,346 | (284) | 8,062 |
Commercial real estate | 12,261 | (30) | 12,231 |
| 1,848 | (129) | 1,719 |
| 1,712 | (1,191) | 521 |
| 15,821 | (1,350) | 14,471 |
Mining and quarrying | 5,995 | (4) | 5,991 |
| 220 | (10) | 210 |
| 151 | (84) | 67 |
| 6,366 | (98) | 6,268 |
Consumer durables | 5,815 | (3) | 5,812 |
| 300 | (21) | 279 |
| 329 | (298) | 31 |
| 6,444 | (322) | 6,122 |
Construction | 2,230 | (2) | 2,228 |
| 502 | (8) | 494 |
| 358 | (326) | 32 |
| 3,090 | (336) | 2,754 |
Trading companies & distributors | 581 | - | 581 |
| 57 | - | 57 |
| 107 | (58) | 49 |
| 745 | (58) | 687 |
Government | 33,400 | (6) | 33,394 |
| 1,783 | (5) | 1,778 |
| 367 | (33) | 334 |
| 35,550 | (44) | 35,506 |
Other | 4,262 | (4) | 4,258 |
| 161 | (3) | 158 |
| 187 | (70) | 117 |
| 4,610 | (77) | 4,533 |
Total | 149,191 | (101) | 149,090 |
| 8,867 | (258) | 8,609 |
| 5,732 | (3,548) | 2,184 |
| 163,790 | (3,907) | 159,883 |
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage | 81,210 | (8) | 81,202 |
| 1,350 | (5) | 1,345 |
| 519 | (123) | 396 |
| 83,079 | (136) | 82,943 |
Credit Cards | 7,633 | (104) | 7,529 |
| 244 | (65) | 179 |
| 69 | (50) | 19 |
| 7,946 | (219) | 7,727 |
Personal Loan and other unsecured lending | 10,867 | (188) | 10,679 |
| 324 | (77) | 247 |
| 315 | (165) | 150 |
| 11,506 | (430) | 11,076 |
Auto | 310 | - | 310 |
| 1 | - | 1 |
| 1 | - | 1 |
| 312 | - | 312 |
Secured wealth products | 19,923 | (22) | 19,901 |
| 278 | (10) | 268 |
| 474 | (340) | 134 |
| 20,675 | (372) | 20,303 |
Other | 4,558 | (7) | 4,551 |
| 161 | (5) | 156 |
| 118 | (94) | 24 |
| 4,837 | (106) | 4,731 |
Total | 124,501 | (329) | 124,172 |
| 2,358 | (162) | 2,196 |
| 1,496 | (772) | 724 |
| 128,355 | (1,263) | 127,092 |
Net carrying value (customers)¹ | 273,692 | (430) | 273,262 |
| 11,225 | (420) | 10,805 |
| 7,228 | (4,320) | 2,908 |
| 292,145 | (5,170) | 286,975 |
Net carrying value (Banks)1 | 44,384 | (8) | 44,376 |
| 540 | (10) | 530 |
| 77 | (6) | 71 |
| 45,001 | (24) | 44,977 |
1 Includes reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending held at amortised cost of $13,996 million for customers and $1,738 million for Banks.
Industry and Retail Products analysis of loans and advances by key geography
This section provides an analysis of the Group's amortised cost loan portfolio, net of provisions, by industry and geography.
The Manufacturing sector group is spread across a diverse range of industries, including automobiles and components, capital goods, pharmaceuticals, biotech and life sciences, technology hardware and equipment, chemicals, paper products and packaging, with lending spread over 3,251 clients.
Page 43
Corporate & Investment Banking
Amortised Cost | 2024 |
| 20231 | ||||||||||||
Hong Kong $million | China $million | Singa-pore $million | UK $million | US $million | Other $million | Total $million | Hong Kong $million | China $million | Singa-pore $million | UK $million | US $million | Other $million | Total $million | ||
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy | 2,200 | 59 | 1,552 | 1,744 | 1,750 | 5,551 | 12,856 |
| 3,118 | 42 | 1,162 | 1,341 | 3,638 | 1,130 | 10,431 |
Manufacturing | 4,077 | 4,200 | 1,463 | 389 | 2,307 | 8,431 | 20,867 |
| 3,570 | 4,309 | 1,666 | 694 | 2,921 | 8,982 | 22,142 |
Financing, insurance and non-banking | 3,674 | 3,486 | 1,893 | 4,005 | 9,900 | 12,696 | 35,654 |
| 3,700 | 3,570 | 1,708 | 1,724 | 6,627 | 14,864 | 32,193 |
Transport, telecom and utilities | 5,131 | 662 | 3,106 | 1,084 | 936 | 7,685 | 18,604 |
| 4,634 | 429 | 2,499 | 1,030 | 630 | 7,470 | 16,692 |
Food and household products | 1,038 | 428 | 1,414 | 962 | 685 | 4,202 | 8,729 |
| 541 | 519 | 911 | 816 | 664 | 4,611 | 8,062 |
Commercial Real estate | 4,512 | 334 | 1,404 | 1,039 | 1,650 | 4,994 | 13,933 |
| 3,895 | 588 | 1,125 | 1,436 | 1,236 | 6,192 | 14,472 |
Mining and Quarrying | 608 | 606 | 847 | 1,426 | 224 | 2,170 | 5,881 |
| 1,028 | 735 | 427 | 1,729 | 279 | 2,071 | 6,269 |
Consumer durables | 2,780 | 293 | 466 | 84 | 537 | 2,046 | 6,206 |
| 3,030 | 244 | 180 | 177 | 483 | 2,008 | 6,122 |
Construction | 318 | 156 | 372 | 96 | 247 | 1,268 | 2,457 |
| 176 | 163 | 319 | 137 | 389 | 1,569 | 2,753 |
Trading Companies & Distributors | 95 | 103 | 106 | 31 | 40 | 277 | 652 |
| 119 | 75 | 121 | 31 | 20 | 321 | 687 |
Government | 2,576 | 117 | 219 | 169 | 4 | 4,352 | 7,437 |
| 1,445 | 1 | 547 | 236 | 6 | 3,814 | 6,049 |
Other | 1,419 | 563 | 786 | 377 | 233 | 1,650 | 5,028 |
| 1,676 | 265 | 646 | 257 | 264 | 1,425 | 4,533 |
Net Loans and advances to Customers | 28,428 | 11,007 | 13,628 | 11,406 | 18,513 | 55,322 | 138,304 |
| 26,932 | 10,940 | 11,311 | 9,608 | 17,157 | 54,457 | 130,405 |
Net Loans and advances to Banks | 16,727 | 2,443 | 7,721 | 4,103 | 2,766 | 9,833 | 43,593 |
| 17,457 | 1,996 | 8,994 | 3,868 | 2,544 | 10,119 | 44,978 |
Wealth & Retail Banking
Amortised Cost | 2024 |
| 20231 | ||||||||
Hong Kong $million | Korea $million | Singapore $million | Other $million | Total $million | Hong Kong $million | Korea $million | Singapore $million | Other $million | Total $million | ||
Retail Products: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgages | 31,506 | 13,703 | 13,756 | 17,731 | 76,696 |
| 32,935 | 17,157 | 15,292 | 17,559 | 82,943 |
Credit Cards | 3,447 | 38 | 1,679 | 1,517 | 6,681 |
| 3,325 | 114 | 1,705 | 1,549 | 6,693 |
Personal Loans and other unsecured lending | 1,057 | 2,796 | 301 | 5,972 | 10,126 |
| 950 | 3,230 | 220 | 6,676 | 11,076 |
Auto | - | - | 122 | 38 | 160 |
| - | - | 240 | 72 | 312 |
Secured wealth products | 5,229 | 24 | 10,793 | 5,882 | 21,928 |
| 5,164 | 33 | 9,388 | 5,718 | 20,303 |
Other Retail | 579 | 2,153 | 72 | 853 | 3,657 |
| 644 | 3,149 | 82 | 856 | 4,731 |
Net Loans and advances | 41,818 | 18,714 | 26,723 | 31,993 | 119,248 |
| 43,018 | 23,683 | 26,927 | 32,430 | 126,058 |
1 Amounts have been re-presented from a regional basis (Asia, Africa and Middle East, and Europe and Americas) to key geographies covering the majority of the reported balances.
High carbon sectors
Sectors are identified and grouped as per the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) system and exposure numbers have been updated to include all in-scope ISIC codes used for target setting among the high carbon sectors.
The maximum exposures shown in the table include loans and advances to customers at amortised cost, Fair Value through profit or loss, and committed facilities available as per IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments in $million.
Page 44
Maximum exposure
Amortised Cost | 2024 | ||||||
Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure (net of credit impairment) | Collateral | Net On Balance Sheet Exposure | Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment) | Financial Guarantees (net of credit impairment) | Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure | Total On & Off Balance Sheet Net Exposure | |
Industry: | | | | | | | |
Automotive manufacturers | 3,881 | 69 | 3,812 | 3,331 | 605 | 3,936 | 7,748 |
Aviation | 1,829 | 960 | 869 | 842 | 928 | 1,770 | 2,639 |
Steel | 1,526 | 316 | 1,210 | 816 | 325 | 1,141 | 2,351 |
Coal Mining | 25 | - | 25 | - | - | - | 25 |
Aluminium | 1,341 | 32 | 1,309 | 354 | 53 | 407 | 1,716 |
Cement | 709 | 55 | 654 | 637 | 267 | 904 | 1,558 |
Shipping | 7,038 | 5,037 | 2,001 | 2,176 | 397 | 2,573 | 4,574 |
Commercial Real Estate | 7,635 | 3,400 | 4,235 | 2,758 | 684 | 3,442 | 7,677 |
Oil & Gas | 7,421 | 988 | 6,433 | 7,928 | 7,079 | 15,007 | 21,440 |
Power | 6,341 | 1,500 | 4,841 | 4,538 | 1,124 | 5,662 | 10,503 |
Total¹ | 37,746 | 12,357 | 25,389 | 23,380 | 11,462 | 34,842 | 60,231 |
Total Corporate & Investment Banking² | 196,823 | 32,152 | 164,671 | 118,106 | 81,132 | 199,238 | 363,909 |
Total Group³ | 420,117 | 121,993 | 298,124 | 193,115 | 90,602 | 283,717 | 581,841 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Industry: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive manufacturers | 3,564 | 65 | 3,499 | 3,791 | 538 | 4,329 | 7,828 |
Aviation | 1,330 | 974 | 356 | 944 | 615 | 1,559 | 1,915 |
Steel | 1,596 | 193 | 1,403 | 601 | 358 | 959 | 2,362 |
Coal Mining | 29 | 9 | 20 | 51 | 99 | 150 | 170 |
Aluminium | 526 | 9 | 517 | 338 | 188 | 526 | 1,043 |
Cement | 671 | 47 | 624 | 769 | 259 | 1,028 | 1,652 |
Shipping | 5,964 | 3,557 | 2,407 | 2,261 | 291 | 2,552 | 4,959 |
Commercial Real Estate | 7,498 | 3,383 | 4,115 | 1,587 | 112 | 1,699 | 5,814 |
Oil & Gas | 6,278 | 894 | 5,384 | 7,845 | 6,944 | 14,789 | 20,173 |
Power | 5,411 | 1,231 | 4,180 | 3,982 | 732 | 4,714 | 8,894 |
Total1 | 32,867 | 10,362 | 22,505 | 22,169 | 10,136 | 32,305 | 54,810 |
Total Corporate & Investment Banking² | 188,903 | 32,744 | 156,159 | 104,437 | 63,183 | 167,620 | 323,779 |
Total Group³ | 423,276 | 125,760 | 297,516 | 182,299 | 74,278 | 256,577 | 554,093 |
1 Maximum on balance sheet exposure includes FVTPL amount of High Carbon sector is $749 million (31 December 2023: $125 million)
2 Includes on balance sheet FVTPL amount of $58,519 million (31 December 2023: $58,498 million) for Corporate & Investment Banking loans to customers
3 Total Group includes net loans and advances to banks and net loans and advances to customers held at amortised cost of $43,593 million (31 December 2023: $44,977 million) and $281,032 million (31 December 2023: $286,975 million) respectively and loans to banks and loans and advances to customers held at FVTPL of $36,967 million (31 December 2023: $32,813 million) and $58, 525 million (31 December 2023: $58,511 million) respectively. Refer to credit quality table
Maturity and ECL for high-carbon sectors
Sector | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||||
Loans and advances (Drawn funding) | Maturity Buckets1 | Expected Credit Loss | Loans and advances (Drawn funding) | Maturity Buckets1 | Expected Credit Loss | ||||||
Less than | More than 1 to 5 years | More than 5 years | Less than | More than 1 to 5 years | More than 5 years | ||||||
Automotive Manufacturers | 3,883 | 3,458 | 369 | 56 | 2 |
| 3,566 | 3,106 | 460 | - | 2 |
Aviation | 1,833 | 231 | 404 | 1,198 | 4 |
| 1,339 | 149 | 145 | 1,045 | 9 |
Cement | 724 | 356 | 368 | - | 15 |
| 719 | 512 | 189 | 18 | 48 |
Coal Mining | 38 | 25 | 13 | - | 13 |
| 42 | 9 | 33 | - | 13 |
Steel | 1,598 | 941 | 133 | 524 | 72 |
| 1,649 | 1,258 | 185 | 206 | 53 |
Aluminium | 1,352 | 1,089 | 177 | 86 | 11 |
| 537 | 442 | 63 | 32 | 11 |
Oil & Gas | 7,580 | 2,601 | 2,407 | 2,572 | 159 |
| 6,444 | 2,980 | 1,576 | 1,888 | 166 |
Power | 6,401 | 1,700 | 1,404 | 3,297 | 60 |
| 5,516 | 1,933 | 1,533 | 2,050 | 105 |
Shipping | 7,053 | 1,035 | 2,450 | 3,568 | 15 |
| 5,971 | 1,051 | 2,568 | 2,352 | 7 |
Commercial Real Estate | 7,773 | 3,880 | 3,680 | 213 | 138 |
| 7,664 | 3,722 | 3,935 | 7 | 166 |
Total balance1 | 38,235 | 15,316 | 11,405 | 11,514 | 489 |
| 33,447 | 15,162 | 10,687 | 7,598 | 580 |
1 Gross of credit impairment
Page 45
Sectors of interest
Commercial Real Estate
| 2024 | ||||||
Maximum on Balance Sheet Exposure | Collateral | Net On Balance Sheet Exposure | Undrawn Commitments (net of credit impairment) | Financial Guarantees | Net Off Balance Sheet Exposure | Total On & Off Balance Sheet Net Exposure | |
Commercial Real Estate | 14,037 | 5,947 | 8,090 | 4,932 | 670 | 5,602 | 13,692 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Commercial Real Estate | 14,533 | 6,363 | 8,170 | 4,658 | 311 | 4,969 | 13,139 |
1 Includes net loans and advances of $ 13,933 million (31 December 2023: $14,471 million) as detailed in the table below
Analysis of credit quality of loans and advances of Commercial Real Estate
Amortised costs | 2024 | 2023 |
Strong | 7,222 | 7,326 |
Satisfactory | 6,515 | 6,751 |
Higher risk | 112 | 32 |
Credit impaired (stage 3) | 1,485 | 1,712 |
Total Gross Balance | 15,334 | 15,821 |
Strong | (83) | (20) |
Satisfactory | (44) | (139) |
Higher risk | (9) | - |
Credit impaired (stage 3) | (1,265) | (1,191) |
Total Credit Impairment | (1,401) | (1,350) |
Total Net of Credit Impairment | 13,933 | 14,471 |
Strong | 1.1% | 0.3% |
Satisfactory | 0.7% | 2.1% |
Higher risk | 8.0% | 0.0% |
Credit impaired (stage 3) | 85.1% | 69.6% |
Cover Ratio | 9.1% | 8.5% |
An analysis of the net CRE loans and advances by key geography, is set out below.
China commercial real estate
The table below represents the on and off-balance sheet items that are exposed to China CRE by credit quality.
| 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
China | Hong Kong | Rest of Group1 | Total | China | Hong Kong | Rest of Group1 | Total | ||
Loans to customers | 324 | 1,598 | - | 1,922 |
| 584 | 1,821 | 39 | 2,444 |
Off balance sheet | 1 | 40 | - | 41 |
| 42 | 82 | - | 124 |
Total as at 31 December | 325 | 1,638 | - | 1,963 |
| 626 | 1,903 | 39 | 2,568 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to customers - By Credit quality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong | - | 12 | - | 12 |
| 33 | - | - | 33 |
Satisfactory | 172 | 338 | - | 510 |
| 339 | 619 | 39 | 997 |
Higher risk | 12 | 42 | - | 54 |
| 8 | - | - | 8 |
Credit impaired (stage 3) | 140 | 1,206 | - | 1,346 |
| 204 | 1,202 | - | 1,406 |
Total as at 31 December | 324 | 1,598 | - | 1,922 |
| 584 | 1,821 | 39 | 2,444 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans to customers - ECL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strong | - | - | - | - |
| - | - | - | - |
Satisfactory | (2) | (73) | - | (75) |
| (3) | (134) | (12) | (149) |
Higher risk | - | (1) | - | (1) |
| - | - | - | - |
Credit impaired (stage 3) | (63) | (1,111) | - | (1,174) |
| (70) | (941) | - | (1,011) |
Total as at 31 December | (65) | (1,185) | - | (1,250) |
| (73) | (1,075) | (12) | (1,160) |
1 Rest of Group mainly includes Singapore
Page 46
Debt securities and other eligible bills (audited)
This section provides further detail on gross debt securities and treasury bills.
The credit quality descriptions in the table below align to those used for CIB and Central and other items, as described below. Debt securities held that have a short-term external rating are reported against the long-term rating of the issuer. For securities that are unrated, the Group applies an internal credit rating, as described under the 'Credit rating and measurement' section.
Total gross debt securities and other eligible bills decreased by $16.8 billion to $144 billion (31 December 2023: $160 billion) due to maturity of exposures, primarily in stage 1.
Stage 1 gross balance decreased by $16.5 billion to $142 billion (31 December 2023: $158 billion), mainly due to the maturity of exposures in Hong Kong.
Stage 2 gross balance decreased by $0.2 billion to $1.6 billion (31 December 2023: $1.9 billion).
Stage 3 gross balance was broadly stable at $0.1 billion (31 December 2023: $0.2 billion).
Amortised cost and FVOCI | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||
Gross | ECL | Net2 | Gross | ECL | Net2 | ||
Stage 1 | 141,862 | (23) | 141,839 |
| 158,314 | (26) | 158,288 |
- Strong | 138,353 | (19) | 138,334 |
| 155,568 | (23) | 155,545 |
- Satisfactory | 3,509 | (4) | 3,505 |
| 2,746 | (3) | 2,743 |
Stage 2 | 1,614 | (4) | 1,610 |
| 1,860 | (34) | 1,826 |
- Strong | 562 | - | 562 |
| 917 | (3) | 914 |
- Satisfactory | 31 | - | 31 |
| 50 | (1) | 49 |
- High Risk | 1,021 | (4) | 1,017 |
| 893 | (30) | 863 |
Stage 3 | 103 | (2) | 101 |
| 164 | (61) | 103 |
Gross balance¹ | 143,579 | (29) | 143,550 |
| 160,338 | (121) | 160,217 |
1 Stage 3 gross includes $59 million (31 December 2023: $80 million) originated credit-impaired debt securities with Nil impairment (31 December 2023: $14 million)
2 FVOCI instruments are not presented net of ECL on the balance sheet. While the presentation is on a net basis for the table, the total net on-balance sheet amount is $143,562 million (31 December 2023: $160,263 million). Refer to the Analysis of financial instrument by stage table
IFRS 9 ECL methodology (audited)
Approach for determining ECL
Credit loss terminology
Component | Definition |
Probability of default (PD) | The probability that a counterparty will default, over the next 12 months from the reporting date (stage 1) or over the lifetime of the product (stage 2), incorporating the impact of forward looking economic assumptions that have an effect on Credit Risk, such as unemployment rates and GDP forecasts. The PD estimates will fluctuate in line with the economic cycle. The lifetime (or term structure) PDs are based on statistical models, calibrated using historical data and adjusted to incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions. |
Loss given default (LGD) | The loss that is expected to arise on default, incorporating the impact of forward-looking economic assumptions where relevant, which represents the difference between the contractual cashflows due and those that the bank expects to receive. The Group estimates LGD based on the history of recovery rates and considers the recovery of any collateral that is integral to the financial asset, taking into account forward-looking economic assumptions where relevant. |
Exposure at default (EAD) | The expected balance sheet exposure at the time of default, taking into account expected changes over the lifetime of the exposure. This incorporates the impact of drawdowns of facilities with limits, repayments of principal and interest, and amortisation. |
To determine the ECL, these components are multiplied together: PD for the reference period (up to 12 months or lifetime) x LGD x EAD and discounted to the balance sheet date using the effective interest rate as the discount rate.
IFRS 9 ECL models have been developed for the CIB businesses on a global basis, in line with their respective portfolios. However, for some of the key countries, country-specific models have also been developed.
The calibration of forward-looking information is assessed at a country or region level to take into account local macroeconomic conditions.
Retail ECL models are country and product specific, given the local nature of the WRB business.
Page 47
For less material retail portfolios, the Group has adopted less sophisticated approaches based on historical roll rates or loss rates:
• For medium-sized retail portfolios, a roll rate model is applied, which uses a matrix that gives the average loan migration rate between delinquency states from period to period. A matrix multiplication is then performed to generate the final PDs by delinquency bucket over different time horizons.
• For smaller retail portfolios, a loss rate approach is applied. These use an adjusted gross charge-off rate, developed using monthly write-off and recoveries over the preceding 12 months and total outstanding balances.
• While the loss rate approaches do not incorporate forward looking information, to the extent that there are significant changes in the macroeconomic forecasts an assessment will be completed on whether an adjustment to the modelled output is required.
For a limited number of exposures, proxy parameters or approaches are used where the data is not available to calculate the origination PDs for the purpose of applying the SICR criteria; or for some retail portfolios where a full history of LGD data is not available, estimates based on the loss experience from similar portfolios are used. The use of proxies is monitored and will reduce over time.
The following processes are in place to assess the ongoing performance of the models:
• Quarterly model monitoring that uses recent data to compare the differences between model predictions and actual outcomes against approved thresholds.
• Annual independent validation is performed by Group Model Validation (GMV); Depth of GMV's validation varies depending on the model materiality. Material models would go through a full annual re-validation process, while a less intensive validation process will be performed on non-material models.
Application of lifetime ECL
ECL is estimated based on the period over which the Group is exposed to Credit Risk. For the majority of exposures this equates to the maximum contractual period. For retail credit cards and corporate overdraft facilities, however, the Group does not typically enforce the contractual period, which can be as short as one day. As a result, the period over which the Group is exposed to Credit Risk for these instruments reflects their behavioural life, which incorporates expectations of customer behaviour and the extent to which Credit Risk management actions curtail the period of that exposure. The average behavioural life for retail credit cards is between 3 and 6 years across our footprint markets.
The behavioural life for corporate overdraft facilities was re-estimated from 24 months to 36 months. The impact of this change was not material.
Page 48
Composition of credit impairment provisions (audited)
The table below summarises the key components of the Group's credit impairment provision balances at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023.
| 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||||
Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & Retail Banking | Ventures | Central & other items | Total | Corporate & Investment Banking $ million | Wealth & Retail Banking | Ventures | Central & other items | Total | ||
Modelled ECL provisions (base forecast) | 337 | 613 | 61 | 37 | 1,048 |
| 372 | 553 | 48 | 98 | 1,071 |
Impact of multiple economic scenarios1 | 24 | 19 | - | - | 43 |
| 20 | 18 | - | 6 | 44 |
Modelled ECL provisions before management judgements | 361 | 632 | 61 | 37 | 1,091 |
| 392 | 571 | 48 | 104 | 1,115 |
Includes: Model performance post model adjustments | - | 14 | - | - | 14 |
| (3) | (28) | - | - | (31) |
Judgemental post model adjustments2 | - | (23) | - | - | (23) |
| - | 2 | - | - | 2 |
Management overlays3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- China commercial real estate | 70 | - | - | - | 70 |
| 141 | - | - | - | 141 |
- Other | 109 | 27 | 7 | - | 143 |
| - | 5 | - | 17 | 22 |
Total modelled provisions | 540 | 636 | 68 | 37 | 1,281 |
| 533 | 578 | 48 | 121 | 1,280 |
Of which: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 | 133 | 392 | 30 | 34 | 589 |
| 151 | 325 | 15 | 68 | 559 |
Stage 2 | 362 | 151 | 27 | 1 | 541 |
| 318 | 140 | 21 | 49 | 528 |
Stage 3 | 45 | 93 | 11 | 2 | 151 |
| 64 | 113 | 12 | 4 | 193 |
Stage 3 non-modelled provisions | 3,267 | 665 | - | 54 | 3,986 |
| 3,587 | 646 | - | 88 | 4,321 |
Total credit impairment provisions | 3,807 | 1,301 | 68 | 91 | 5,267 |
| 4,120 | 1,224 | 48 | 209 | 5,601 |
1 Includes upwards judgemental post-model adjustment of $28 million (31 December 2023: nil)
2 Excludes $28 million upwards judgemental post-model adjustment which is included in "Impact of multiple economic scenarios"
3 $32 million (31 December 2023: $22 million) is in stage 1, $181 million (31 December 2023: $141 million) in stage 2 and $nil million (31 December 2023: nil) in stage 3
4 Includes ECL on cash and balances at central banks, accrued income, assets held for sale and other assets
Model performance post model adjustments (PMAs)
As part of model monitoring and independent validation processes, where a model's performance breaches the approved monitoring thresholds or validation standards, an assessment is performed to determine whether a model performance PMA is required to temporarily remediate the model issue. The process for the determination of PMAs is set out in the 'Governance of PMAs and application of expert credit judgement in respect of ECL' section.
As at 31 December 2024, model performance PMAs have been applied for five models out of the total of 110 models. In aggregate, these PMAs increase the Group's impairment provisions by $14 million (1 per cent of modelled provisions) compared with a $31 million decrease at 31 December 2023. The reduction was primarily due to the implementation of new models, thereby removing the need for PMAs on the old models.
In addition to these model performance PMAs, separate judgemental post model and management adjustments have also been applied as set out below.
| 2024 | 2023 |
Model performance PMAs | | |
Corporate & Investment Banking | - | (3) |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 14 | (28) |
Total model performance PMAs | 14 | (31) |
Page 49
Key assumptions and judgements in determining ECL
Incorporation of forward-looking information
The evolving economic environment is a key determinant of the ability of a bank's clients to meet their obligations as they fall due. It is a fundamental principle of IFRS 9 that the provisions banks hold against potential future Credit Risk losses should depend, not just on the health of the economy today, but should also take into account potential changes to the economic environment. For example, if a bank were to anticipate a sharp slowdown in the world economy over the coming year, it should hold more provisions today to absorb the credit losses likely to occur in the near future.
To capture the effect of changes to the economic environment, the PDs and LGDs used to calculate ECL incorporate forward-looking information in the form of forecasts of the values of economic variables and asset prices that are likely to have an effect on the repayment ability of the Group's clients.
The 'base forecast' of the economic variables and asset prices is based on management's view of the five-year outlook, supported by projections from the Group's in-house research team and outputs from a third-party model that project specific economic variables and asset prices. The research team takes consensus views into consideration, and senior management review projections for some core country variables against consensus when forming their view of the outlook. For the period beyond five years, management utilises the in-house research view and third-party model outputs, which allow for a reversion to long-term growth rates or norms. All projections are updated on a quarterly basis.
Forecast of key macroeconomic variables underlying the ECL calculation and the impact on non-linearity
In the Base Forecast - management's view of the most likely outcome - the pace of growth of the world economy is expected to remain broadly unchanged from 2024 at around 3 per cent in 2025. This compares to the average of 3.7 per cent growth for the 10 years prior to COVID-19 (between 2010 and 2019). Support from easing financial conditions and expansionary fiscal policy may be partly offset by protectionist trade policies and still-high interest rates in the US and elsewhere. The US economy is set to moderate in 2025, after a resilient 2024 performance despite elevated interest rates. The euro area continues to struggle with major European economies including Germany and France who risk slipping into recession. Asia is relatively healthy, although growth at the regional level is set to moderate slightly in 2025 as both China and India slow down. The Middle-East is expected also to remain a bright spot for global growth, with the region's non-oil growth exceeding overall global growth.
The uncertainty around the economic outlook remains elevated. In particular, the change in US Presidency is expected to lead to significant changes in US policies, including new and higher tariffs on key US trading partners. On the geopolitical front, tensions remain elevated over the conflict in Ukraine and the situation in the Middle-East.
While the quarterly Base Forecasts inform the Group's strategic plan, one key requirement of IFRS 9 is that the assessment of provisions should consider multiple future economic environments. For example, the global economy may grow more quickly or more slowly than the Base Forecast, and these variations would have different implications for the provisions that the Group should hold today. As the negative impact of an economic downturn on credit losses tends to be greater than the positive impact of an economic upturn, if the Group sets provisions only on the ECL under the Base Forecast it might maintain a level of provisions that does not appropriately capture the range of potential outcomes. To address the inherent uncertainty in economic forecast, and the property of skewness (or non-linearity), IFRS 9 requires reported ECL to be a probability-weighted ECL, calculated over a range of possible outcomes.
To assess the range of possible outcomes the Group simulates a set of 50 scenarios around the Base Forecast, calculates the ECL under each of them and assigns an equal weight of 2 per cent to each scenario outcome. These scenarios are generated by a Monte Carlo simulation, which addresses the challenges of crafting many realistic alternative scenarios in the many countries in which the Group operates by means of a model, which produces these alternative scenarios while considering the degree of historical uncertainty (or volatility) observed from Q1 1990 to Q3 2023 around economic outcomes, the trends in each macroeconomic variable modelled and the correlation in the unexplained movements around these trends. This naturally means that each of the 50 scenarios do not have a specific narrative, although collectively they explore a range of hypothetical alternative outcomes for the global economy, including scenarios that turn out better than expected and scenarios that amplify anticipated stresses.
Page 50
The GDP graphs below illustrate the shape of the Base Forecast for key footprint markets in relation to prior periods' actuals. The long-term growth rates are based on the pace of economic expansion expected for 2030. The tables below provide a summary of the Group's Base Forecast for these markets. The peak/trough amounts show the highest and lowest points within the Base Forecast.
China's GDP growth is expected to ease slightly to 4.5 per cent in 2025 from 4.8 per cent in 2024. This reflects persistent weakness in the property sector, though it is expected to moderate external headwinds and low consumer confidence. Growth in India is also expected to ease with GDP expanding by 6.5 per cent from 6.9 per cent in 2024 as the impact from recent one-off factors such as construction activity and electricity demand (amid below normal rains) fade. GDP growth for Singapore is expected to slow to 2.4 per cent in 2025 from 3.5 per cent last year. An uncertain global trade outlook will weigh on sentiment in trade-reliant economies. Recent economic activity may have also been partly driven by front-loading of orders of electronics ahead of potentially negative trade policies in 2025. Similarly, the uncertain external environment and likely trade protectionist measures will limit the upside to growth for both South Korea and Hong Kong which are expected to grow by 2.0 per cent and 2.9 per cent respectively in 2025.
| 2024 year-end forecasts | ||||||||
China |
| Hong Kong | |||||||
GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices5 | GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices | ||
Base forecast1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024 | 4.8 | 3.6 | 2.0 | (3.7) |
| 2.6 | 3.0 | 4.4 | (11.1) |
2025 | 4.5 | 3.5 | 1.7 | (5.3) |
| 2.9 | 3.1 | 2.5 | 1.8 |
2026 | 4.3 | 3.3 | 1.6 | (3.2) |
| 2.5 | 3.2 | 2.2 | 6.5 |
2027 | 4.1 | 3.2 | 1.6 | (0.9) |
| 2.1 | 3.2 | 2.4 | 4.8 |
2028 | 3.9 | 3.2 | 1.8 | 0.9 |
| 1.9 | 3.2 | 2.4 | 3.4 |
5-year average2 | 4.1 | 3.3 | 1.7 | (1.3) |
| 2.2 | 3.1 | 2.4 | 3.8 |
Quarterly peak | 5.3 | 3.5 | 1.9 | 2.3 |
| 3.5 | 3.2 | 2.9 | 6.8 |
Quarterly trough | 3.2 | 3.1 | 1.6 | (5.6) |
| 1.5 | 3.0 | 2.1 | (2.6) |
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 | (1.0) | 2.8 | 0.6 | (10.1) |
| (1.8) | 1.8 | 0.3 | (13.1) |
High4 | 9.3 | 3.7 | 3.0 | 7.8 |
| 5.8 | 5.1 | 5.3 | 22.2 |
| 2024 year-end forecasts | ||||||||
Singapore |
| Korea | |||||||
GDP growth | Unemployment6 | 3-month | House prices | GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices | ||
Base forecast1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2024 | 3.5 | 2.9 | 3.6 | 4.3 |
| 2.5 | 2.8 | 3.6 | (0.4) |
2025 | 2.4 | 2.7 | 1.9 | 0.4 |
| 2.0 | 2.8 | 3.0 | 4.3 |
2026 | 2.1 | 2.7 | 1.9 | 2.2 |
| 2.2 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 3.4 |
2027 | 2.2 | 2.7 | 2.0 | 3.0 |
| 2.1 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.4 |
2028 | 2.4 | 2.7 | 2.0 | 3.1 |
| 1.9 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.1 |
5-year average2 | 2.3 | 2.7 | 2.0 | 2.4 |
| 2.0 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.8 |
Quarterly peak | 3.4 | 2.8 | 2.4 | 3.2 |
| 2.2 | 2.9 | 3.2 | 4.8 |
Quarterly trough | 0.6 | 2.7 | 1.6 | (0.4) |
| 1.5 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 1.9 |
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 | (2.7) | 2.0 | 0.3 | (10.5) |
| (1.3) | 2.2 | 0.8 | (4.3) |
High4 | 7.0 | 3.6 | 3.9 | 17.5 |
| 5.2 | 3.5 | 5.7 | 9.8 |
Page 51
| 2024 year-end forecasts | ||||
India | Brent Crude | ||||
GDP growth | Unemployment7 | 3-month | House prices | ||
Base forecast1 |
|
|
|
|
|
2024 | 6.9 | NA | 6.4 | 6.3 | 78.3 |
2025 | 6.5 | NA | 6.1 | 6.5 | 77.1 |
2026 | 6.5 | NA | 6.0 | 6.4 | 76.4 |
2027 | 6.6 | NA | 6.0 | 6.4 | 77.3 |
2028 | 6.6 | NA | 6.0 | 6.3 | 75.3 |
5-year average2 | 6.6 | NA | 6.0 | 6.4 | 76.2 |
Quarterly peak | 7.1 | NA | 6.2 | 7.3 | 77.8 |
Quarterly trough | 5.9 | NA | 6.0 | 6.0 | 74.8 |
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 | 3.2 | NA | 1.9 | (0.1) | 44.5 |
High4 | 10.0 | NA | 10.3 | 12.6 | 107.8 |
| 2023 year-end forecasts | ||||||||
China |
| Hong Kong | |||||||
GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices5 | GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices | ||
5-year average2 | 4.3 | 4.0 | 2.1 | 4.6 |
| 2.5 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 2.8 |
Quarterly peak | 5.7 | 4.1 | 2.5 | 7.2 |
| 3.8 | 3.4 | 5.0 | 4.6 |
Quarterly trough | 3.8 | 3.8 | 1.7 | 1.5 |
| 1.5 | 3.4 | 2.3 | (1.1) |
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 | 0.6 | 3.3 | 0.8 | (1.5) |
| (3.8) | 1.4 | 0.3 | (19.3) |
High4 | 7.7 | 4.4 | 3.8 | 12.0 |
| 8.2 | 6.4 | 8.3 | 25.5 |
| 2023 year-end forecasts | ||||||||
Singapore |
| Korea | |||||||
GDP growth | Unemployment6 | 3-month | House prices | GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices | ||
5-year average2 | 2.9 | 2.8 | 2.9 | 2.2 |
| 2.3 | 3.1 | 3.1 | 3.3 |
Quarterly peak | 3.8 | 2.9 | 4.1 | 3.9 |
| 2.6 | 3.5 | 3.7 | 5.3 |
Quarterly trough | 1.9 | 2.8 | 2.3 | (0.7) |
| 2.0 | 3.0 | 3.1 | (0.3) |
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 | (2.4) | 1.7 | 0.6 | (16.2) |
| (2.3) | 1.4 | 0.7 | (6.1) |
High4 | 8.5 | 3.8 | 5.9 | 19.2 |
| 7.0 | 5.8 | 6.3 | 12.5 |
| 2023 year-end forecasts | ||||
India | Brent crude | ||||
GDP growth | Unemployment | 3-month | House prices | ||
5-year average2 | 6.2 | NA | 6.2 | 6.1 | 88.2 |
Quarterly peak | 9.1 | NA | 6.3 | 6.5 | 93.8 |
Quarterly trough | 4.4 | NA | 5.8 | 4.7 | 82.8 |
Monte Carlo |
|
|
|
|
|
Low3 | 2.1 | NA | 2.7 | (0.5) | 46.0 |
High4 | 10.5 | NA | 9.9 | 13.8 | 137.8 |
1 Data presented are those used in the calculation of ECL and presented as average growth for the year. These may differ slightly to forecasts presented elsewhere in the Annual Report as they are finalised before the period end
2 5 year averages covering 20 quarters from Q1 2025 to Q4 2029 for the 2024 annual report. They cover Q1 2024 to Q4 2028 for the numbers reported for the 2023 annual report
3 Represents the 10th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity
4 Represents the 90th percentile in the range of economic scenarios used to determine non-linearity
5 A judgemental management adjustment is held in respect of the China commercial real estate sector, as discussed below
6 Singapore unemployment rate covers the resident unemployment rate, which refers to citizens and permanent residents
7 India unemployment is not available due to insufficient data
Page 52
Impact of multiple economic scenarios
The final probability weighted ECL reported by the Group is a simple average of the ECL for each of the 50 scenarios simulated using a Monte Carlo model. The Monte Carlo approach has the advantage that it generates many alternative scenarios that cover our global footprint. The range of scenarios is restricted through the use of ceilings and floors applied to the underlying macroeconomic variables. The current set of ceilings and floors generated a relatively narrow range of forecasts at 31 December 2024 and will be redeveloped in the first quarter of 2025.
Prior to this, a $28 million non-linearity PMA has been applied, $13 million for CIB and $15 million for WRB. The total amount of non-linearity has been estimated by assigning probability weights of 68 per cent, 22 per cent and 10 per cent respectively to the Base Forecast, 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios which are presented below and comparing this to the unweighted Base Forecast ECL. The non-linearity PMA represents the difference between the probability weighted ECL calculated using the three scenarios and the probability weighted ECL calculated by the Monte Carlo model.
The total amount of non-linearity including the PMA is $43 million (31 December 2023: $44 million). The CIB portfolio accounted for $24 million (31 December 2023: $20 million) of the calculated non-linearity, with the remaining $19 million (31 December 2023: $18 million) attributable to WRB portfolios.
The impact of multiple economic scenarios on total modelled ECL is set out in the table below, together with the management overlay and other judgemental adjustments.
| Base forecast | Multiple economic scenarios1 | Management overlays | Total |
Total modelled expected credit loss at 31 December 2024 | 1,048 | 43 | 190 | 1,281 |
Total modelled expected credit loss at 31 December 2023 | 1,071 | 44 | 165 | 1,280 |
1 Includes an upwards judgemental PMA of $28 million (31 December 2023: nil)
2 Total modelled ECL comprises stage 1 and stage 2 balances of $1,130 million (31 December 2023: $1,105 million) and $151 million (31 December 2023: $193 million) of modelled ECL on stage 3 loans
The average ECL under multiple scenarios is 4 per cent (31 December 2023: 4 per cent) higher than the ECL calculated using only the most likely scenario (the Base Forecast). Portfolios that are more sensitive to non-linearity include those with greater leverage and/or a longer tenor, such as Project and Shipping Finance portfolios. Other portfolios display minimal non-linearity owing to limited responsiveness to macroeconomic impacts for structural reasons, such as significant collateralisation as with the WRB mortgage portfolios.
Page 53
Judgemental adjustments
As at 31 December 2024, the Group held judgemental adjustments for ECL as set out in the table below. All of the judgemental adjustments have been determined after taking account of the model performance PMAs reported on below. They are reassessed quarterly and are reviewed and approved by the IFRS 9 Impairment Committee (IIC) and will be released when no longer relevant.
31 December 2024 | Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & Retail Banking | Ventures | Central & other | Total | |||
Mortgages | Credit | Other | Total | |||||
Judgemental post model adjustments | 13 | - | 9 | (17) | (8) | - | - | 5 |
Judgemental management overlays: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- China CRE | 70 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 70 |
- Other | 109 | - | 5 | 22 | 27 | 7 | - | 143 |
Total judgemental adjustments | 192 | - | 14 | 5 | 19 | 7 | - | 218 |
Judgemental adjustments by stage: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 | 27 | - | 10 | (11) | (1) | 4 | - | 30 |
Stage 2 | 165 | - | 5 | 25 | 30 | 3 | - | 198 |
Stage 3 | - | - | (1) | (9) | (10) | - | - | (10) |
31 December 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Judgemental post model adjustments | - | - | 1 | 1 | 2 | - | - | 2 |
Judgemental management overlays: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
- China CRE | 141 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 141 |
- Other | - | 1 | 2 | 2 | 5 | - | 17 | 22 |
Total judgemental adjustments | 141 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 7 | - | 17 | 165 |
Judgemental adjustments by stage: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 1 | 17 | 1 | 3 | 6 | 10 | - | - | 27 |
Stage 2 | 124 | - | - | (3) | (3) | - | 17 | 138 |
Stage 3 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Judgemental PMAs
As at 31 December 2024, judgemental PMAs to increase ECL by a net $5 million (31 December 2023: $2 million increase) have been applied. $28 million (31 December 2023: nil) of the increase in ECL related to multiple economic scenarios, $13 million in CIB and $15 million in WRB (see 'Impact of multiple economic scenarios' section). This was partly offset by a reduction of ECL of $23 million for certain WRB models, primarily to adjust for temporary factors impacting modelled outputs. These will be released when these factors normalise.
Judgemental management overlays
China CRE
The real estate market in China has been in a downturn since late 2021, as evidenced by continued decline in sales, and investments in the sector. Liquidity issues experienced by Chinese property developers continued into 2023, with more developers defaulting on their obligations both offshore and onshore. During 2023, authorities on the mainland introduced a slew of policies to help revive the sector and restore buying sentiments. Relaxed monetary policy and fiscal stimulus packages continued in 2024, which had assisted in arresting the drop in new home sales and stabilising new home sales in late 2024 to an extent in some cities, but home prices remain muted overall. Continued policy relaxations, including those related to house purchase restrictions, completion support for eligible projects from onshore financial institutions, relaxation in mortgage rates, and further support for affordable housing, are key for reversing the continued decline in sales and investments and ensuring continued stabilisation in 2025.
The Group's loans and advances to China CRE clients was $1.9 billion at 31 December 2024 (31 December 2023: $2.4 billion). Heightened risk management continues to be carried out, with a focus on managing upcoming maturities through refinancing and/or repayment. No new financing transactions were entered into, and total repayments amounted to around $500 million during 2024. Clients with exposure maturing within the next 12 months have been placed on purely precautionary or non-purely precautionary early alert, where appropriate, for closer monitoring. Given the evolving nature of the risks in the China CRE sector, a management overlay of $70 million (31 December 2023: $141 million) has been taken by estimating the impact of further deterioration to exposures in this sector. The decrease from 31 December 2023 was primarily driven by repayments and utilisation due to movement to stage 3.
Page 54
Other
In CIB, additional overlays of $109 million (31 December 2023: nil) have been taken, $58 million of which is in Hong Kong, with the remainder relating to Bangladesh and an immaterial amount for climate risks. The overlay in Hong Kong reflects subdued economic activity and increasing commercial property vacancy rates, which contributes to an uncertain outlook that are not yet fully reflected in the credit grades and modelled ECL. The risk of further impairment remains as a result of subdued economic activity in the property sector and the related liquidity constraints faced by counterparties as a result. The overlay in Bangladesh reflects the political situation that has contributed to an increasing level of uncertainty in the macroeconomic outlook. The overlays for Hong Kong and Bangladesh have been determined by estimating the impact of a deterioration to certain exposures in these countries.
In WRB, overlays of $27 million includes $21 million in Korea to cover the risks relating to the failure of two e-commerce payment platforms in 2024, increased bankruptcy trends in certain markets and an immaterial adjustment for climate risks.
Further details on the adjustment for Climate Risk are set out in Note 1 of the 'Notes to the financial statements' section.
Overlays held at 31 December 2023 of $5 million in WRB to capture macroeconomic environment challenges caused by sovereign defaults or heightened sovereign risk, and $17 million applied in Central and other items due to a temporary market dislocation in the Africa and Middle East region which were fully released during 2024.
Stage 3 assets
Credit-impaired assets managed by Stressed Asset Group (SAG) incorporate forward-looking economic assumptions in respect of the recovery outcomes identified and are assigned individual probability weightings per IFRS 9. These assumptions are not based on a Monte Carlo simulation but are informed by the Base Forecast.
Sensitivity of ECL calculation to macroeconomic variables
The ECL calculation relies on multiple variables and is inherently non-linear and portfolio-dependent, which implies that no single analysis can fully demonstrate the sensitivity of the ECL to changes in the macroeconomic variables. The Group has conducted a series of analyses with the aim of identifying the macroeconomic variables which might have the greatest impact on the overall ECL. These encompassed single variable and multi-variable exercises, using simple up/down variation and extracts from actual calculation data, as well as bespoke scenario design assessments.
The primary conclusion of these exercises is that no individual macroeconomic variable is materially influential. The Group believes this is plausible as the number of variables used in the ECL calculation is large. This does not mean that macroeconomic variables are uninfluential; rather, that the Group believes that consideration of macroeconomics should involve whole scenarios, as this aligns with the multi-variable nature of the calculation.
The Group faces downside risks in the operating environment related to the uncertainties surrounding the macroeconomic outlook. To explore this, a sensitivity analysis of ECL was undertaken to explore the effect of slower economic recoveries across the Group's footprint markets. Two downside scenarios were considered in particular to explore the current uncertainties over commodity prices. The 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenario is characterised by an escalating trade war between the US and China and other economies. The 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates' scenario explores the impact from stickier than expected inflation due to persistent shipping disruptions and rise in energy prices amid fears of an escalation of the Middle East conflict.
| Baseline |
| Global Trade and |
| Higher for longer: | |||
Five year average | Peak/Trough | Five year average | Peak/Trough | Five year average | Peak/Trough | |||
China GDP | 4.1 | 5.3/3.2 |
| 0.8 | 3.8/(2.6) |
| 3.5 | 4.3/1.8 |
China unemployment | 3.3 | 3.5/3.1 |
| 4.9 | 5.5/3.8 |
| 4.3 | 5.2/3.1 |
China property prices | (1.3) | 2.3/(5.6) |
| (5.1) | 11.1 /(47.6) |
| (1.4) | 8.6/(24.5) |
Hong Kong GDP | 2.2 | 3.5/1.5 |
| (1.0) | 1.6/(8.0) |
| 1.4 | 2.2/(0.1) |
Hong Kong unemployment | 3.1 | 3.2/3.0 |
| 6.2 | 7.2/3.7 |
| 4.7 | 6.3/3.2 |
Hong Kong property prices | 3.8 | 6.8/(2.6) |
| (0.1) | 30.9/(34.8) |
| 2.8 | 8.9/(3.5) |
US GDP | 2.0 | 2.6/1.1 |
| 0.3 | 2.2/(3.2) |
| 1.1 | 2.5/(2.1) |
Singapore GDP | 2.3 | 3.4/0.6 |
| 0.0 | 3.1/(5.9) |
| 1.6 | 2.8/(2.3) |
India GDP | 6.6 | 7.1/5.9 |
| 4.7 | 6.7/0.8 |
| 6.1 | 7.4/4.3 |
Crude oil | 76.2 | 77.8/74.8 |
| 59.1 | 86. 2/46.2 |
| 84.9 | 113.4/74.8 |
Period covered from Q1 2025 to Q4 2029
Page 55
| Base (GDP, YoY%) |
| Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions |
| Difference from Base | ||||||||||||
2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | |||
China | 4.5 | 4.3 | 4.1 | 3.9 | 3.8 |
| 2.1 | (2.0) | (1.0) | 1.4 | 3.5 |
| (2.4) | (6.3) | (5.1) | (2.6) | (0.3) |
Hong Kong | 2.9 | 2.5 | 2.1 | 1.9 | 1.6 |
| (6.3) | (1.4) | 0.1 | 0.9 | 1.4 |
| (9.1) | (3.9) | (2.0) | (1.0) | (0.2) |
US | 1.4 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 2.1 | 2.0 |
| (0.9) | (2.2) | 0.8 | 1.8 | 2.2 |
| (2.3) | (4.4) | (1.6) | (0.3) | 0.1 |
Singapore | 2.4 | 2.1 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 2.5 |
| (2.9) | (3.5) | 1.0 | 2.8 | 2.6 |
| (5.3) | (5.6) | (1.2) | 0.4 | 0.1 |
India | 6.8 | 6.3 | 6.7 | 6.5 | 6.5 |
| 4.6 | 1.8 | 5.3 | 5.8 | 6.1 |
| (2.2) | (4.4) | (1.4) | (0.8) | (0.4) |
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2025 is from Q1 2025 to Q4 2025.
| Base (GDP, YoY%) |
| Higher for longer: Commodities and Rates |
| Difference from Base | ||||||||||||
2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | |||
China | 4.5 | 4.3 | 4.1 | 3.9 | 3.8 |
| 2.5 | 3.3 | 4.1 | 3.9 | 3.8 |
| (2.0) | (1.0) | 0.0 | 0.0 | (0.0) |
Hong Kong | 2.9 | 2.5 | 2.1 | 1.9 | 1.6 |
| 0.3 | 1.1 | 2.1 | 1.9 | 1.6 |
| (2.6) | (1.4) | (0.0) | (0.0) | 0.0 |
US | 1.4 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 2.1 | 2.0 |
| (1.4) | 0.5 | 2.4 | 2.1 | 2.0 |
| (2.8) | (1.7) | (0.0) | 0.0 | 0.0 |
Singapore | 2.4 | 2.1 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 2.5 |
| (0.2) | 0.9 | 2.2 | 2.4 | 2.5 |
| (2.6) | (1.2) | (0.0) | (0.0) | 0.0 |
India | 6.8 | 6.3 | 6.7 | 6.5 | 6.5 |
| 4.9 | 5.8 | 6.7 | 6.5 | 6.5 |
| (1.9) | (0.5) | (0.0) | 0.0 | 0.0 |
Each year is from Q1 to Q4. For example 2025 is from Q1 2025 to Q4 2025
The total modelled stage 1 and 2 ECL provisions (including both on and off-balance sheet instruments) would be approximately $84 million higher under the 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates' scenario, and $258 million higher under the 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenario than the baseline ECL provisions (which excluded the impact of multiple economic scenarios and management overlays which may already capture some of the risks in these scenarios). Stage 2 exposures as a proportion of stage 1 and 2 exposures would increase from 2.7 per cent in the base case to 2.8 per cent and 3.5 per cent respectively under the 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios. This includes the impact of exposures transferring to stage 2 from stage 1 but does not consider an increase in stage 3 defaults.
Under both scenarios, the majority of the increase in ECL in CIB came from the main corporate CRE and Project Finance portfolios. For the main corporate portfolios, ECL would increase by $18 million and $47 million for 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios respectively and the proportion of stage 2 exposures would increase from 4.1 per cent in the base case to 4.3 per cent and 6.1 per cent respectively.
For the WRB portfolios, most of the increase in ECL came from the unsecured retail portfolios, particularly Korea Personal Loans and the credit card portfolios in Hong Kong and Singapore, although Private Banking was also impacted in the 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenario. Under the 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates', and 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenarios, Credit card ECL would increase by $18 million and $32 million respectively, largely in the Singapore and Hong Kong portfolios and the proportion of stage 2 credit card exposures would increase from 1.8 per cent in the base case to 2.3 per cent and 2.9 per cent for each scenario respectively, with the Singapore portfolio most impacted. Mortgages ECL would increase by $2 million and $19 million for each scenario respectively, with portfolios in Korea impacted in the 'Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates' scenario, and Malaysia in the 'Global Trade and Geopolitical Tensions' scenario, and the proportion of stage 2 mortgages would increase from 1.0 per cent in the base case to 1.4 per cent and 1.3 per cent respectively.
There was no material change in modelled stage 3 provisions as these primarily relate to unsecured WRB exposures for which the LGD is not sensitive to changes in the macroeconomic forecasts. There is also no material change for non-modelled stage 3 exposures as these are more sensitive to client specific factors than to alternative macroeconomic scenarios.
The actual outcome of any scenario may be materially different due to, among other factors, the effect of management actions to mitigate potential increases in risk and changes in the underlying portfolio.
Page 56
| Gross as | ECL as | ECL Base case | Higher for Longer Commodities and Rates | Global Trade |
Stage 1 modelled |
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking | 367,106 | 106 | 95 | 113 | 125 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 179,580 | 397 | 387 | 406 | 428 |
Ventures | 1,391 | 27 | 27 | 27 | 27 |
Central & Other items | 172,602 | 22 | 22 | 23 | 25 |
Total stage 1 excluding management judgements | 720,679 | 552 | 531 | 569 | 605 |
Stage 2 modelled |
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking | 14,869 | 198 | 185 | 206 | 315 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 2,030 | 116 | 107 | 132 | 161 |
Ventures | 48 | 24 | 24 | 24 | 24 |
Central & Other items | 1,660 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 |
Total stage 2 excluding management judgements | 18,607 | 339 | 317 | 363 | 501 |
Total Stage 1 & 2 modelled |
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate & Investment Banking | 381,975 | 304 | 280 | 319 | 440 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 181,610 | 513 | 494 | 538 | 589 |
Ventures | 1,439 | 51 | 51 | 51 | 51 |
Central & Other items | 174,262 | 23 | 23 | 24 | 26 |
Total excluding management judgements | 739,286 | 891 | 848 | 932 | 1,106 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stage 3 exposures excluding other assets | 6,999 | 4,095 |
|
|
|
Other financial assets3 | 101,755 | 63 |
|
|
|
ECL from management judgements |
| 218 |
|
|
|
Total financial assets reported at 31 December 2024 | 848,040 | 5,267 |
|
|
|
1 Gross balances includes both on- and off- balance sheet instruments; allocation between stage 1 and 2 will differ by scenario
2 Includes ECL for both on- and off-balance sheet instruments
3 Includes cash and balances at central banks, Accrued income, Other financial assets; and Assets held for sale
Significant increase in Credit Risk (SICR)
Quantitative criteria
SICR is assessed by comparing the risk of default at the reporting date to the risk of default at origination. Whether a change in the risk of default is significant or not is assessed using quantitative and qualitative criteria. These criteria have been separately defined for each business and where meaningful are consistently applied across business lines.
Assets are considered to have experienced SICR if they have breached both relative and absolute thresholds for the change in the average annualised IFRS 9 lifetime probability of default (IFRS 9 PD) over the residual term of the exposure.
The absolute measure of increase in credit risk is used to capture instances where the IFRS 9 PDs on exposures are relatively low at initial recognition as these may increase by several multiples without representing a significant increase in credit risk. Where IFRS 9 PDs are relatively high at initial recognition, a relative measure is more appropriate in assessing whether there is a significant increase in credit risk, as the IFRS 9 PDs increase more quickly.
The SICR thresholds have been calibrated based on the following principles:
• Stability - The thresholds are set to achieve a stable stage 2 population at a portfolio level, trying to minimise the number of accounts moving back and forth between stage 1 and stage 2 in a short period of time
• Accuracy - The thresholds are set such that there is a materially higher propensity for stage 2 exposures to eventually default than is the case for stage 1 exposures
• Dependency from backstops - The thresholds are stringent enough such that a high proportion of accounts transfer to stage 2 due to movements in forward-looking IFRS 9 PDs rather than relying on backward-looking backstops such as arrears
• Relationship with business and product risk profiles - the thresholds reflect the relative risk differences between different products, and are aligned to business processes
Page 57
For CIB clients the quantitative thresholds are a relative 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute change in IFRS 9 PD of between 50 and 100 bps for investment grade and sub-investment grade assets. For debt securities originated before 1 January 2018, the bank is utilising the low Credit Risk simplified approach, where debt securities with an internal credit rating mapped to an investment grade equivalent are allocated to stage 1 and all other debt securities are allocated to stage 2.
For WRB (excluding Private Banking) clients, portfolio specific quantitative thresholds are applied to Credit Card portfolios in Hong Kong, Singapore, Malaysia and UAE and Personal Loan portfolios in Taiwan (with a revision to the thresholds applied in 2024). During 2024 portfolio specific quantitative thresholds are also now being applied to Hong Kong Personal Loans and Business Clients Mortgage portfolio in India. The impact of the threshold changes in 2024 was not material. For Credit Card portfolios, the thresholds include relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD with average lifetime IFRS 9 PD cut-offs for those exposures that are within a range of customer utilisation limit. For Personal Loans portfolios, the thresholds include relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD cut-offs for those exposures that are over six months old in the portfolio, have certain months left in the loan tenor and have certain behaviour scores. For Business Clients Mortgage, the threshold includes relative and absolute increases in IFRS 9 PD cut-offs for those exposures that were in high arrear grade bucket at least once in the last 12 months.
The range of thresholds applied are:
Portfolio | Relative IFRS 9 | Absolute IFRS 9 | Customer | Remaining tenor | Average |
Credit cards - Current | 50-150% | 3.4% - 9.3% | 15% - 90% | - | 4.51% - 11.6% |
Credit cards - 1-29 days past due | 100% - 210% | 3.5% - 6.1% | 25% - 67% | - | 1.5% - 18.5% |
Personal loans - Current | 100% - 250% | 1.0% | - | >60 | - |
Personal loan - 1-29 days past due | 200% - 300% | 1.5% | - | >12 | - |
Business Client Mortgages - Current | 100% | 4.4% | - | - | - |
Business Client Mortgages - 1-29 days past due | 100% | 7.0% | - | - | - |
For all other material WRB portfolios (excluding Private Banking) for which a statistical model has been built, the quantitative SICR thresholds applied are a relative threshold of 100 per cent increase in IFRS 9 PD and an absolute change in IFRS 9 PD of between 100 and 350 bps depending on the product. Certain countries have a higher absolute threshold reflecting the lower default rate within their personal loan portfolios compared with the Group's other personal loan portfolios. The original lifetime IFRS 9 PD term structure is determined based on the original application score or risk segment of the client.
For all Private Banking classes, in line with risk management practice, an increase in credit risk is deemed to have occurred where margining or loan-to-value covenants have been breached. For Class I assets (lending against diversified liquid collateral), if these margining requirements have not been met within 30 days of a trigger, a significant increase in credit risk is assumed to have occurred. For Class I and Class III assets (real-estate lending), a significant increase in credit risk is assumed to have occurred where the bank is unable to 'sell down' the applicable assets to meet revised collateral requirements within five days of a trigger. Class II assets are typically unsecured or partially secured, or secured against illiquid collateral such as shares in private companies. Significant credit deterioration of these assets is deemed to have occurred when any early alert trigger has been breached.
Qualitative criteria
Qualitative factors that indicate that there has been a significant increase in credit risk include processes linked to current risk management, such as placing loans on non-purely precautionary early alert or being assigned a CG12 rating. An account is placed on non-purely precautionary early alert if it exhibits risk or potential weaknesses of a material nature requiring closer monitoring, supervision or attention by management. Weaknesses in such a borrower's account, if left uncorrected, could result in deterioration of repayment prospects and the likelihood of being downgraded. Indicators could include a rapid erosion of position within the industry, concerns over management's ability to manage operations, weak/deteriorating operating results, liquidity strain and overdue balances, among other factors.
All client assets that have been assigned a CG12 rating, equivalent to 'Higher risk', are deemed to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. Accounts rated CG12 are primarily managed by relationship managers in the CIB unit with support from SAG for certain accounts. All CIB clients are placed in CG12 when they are 30 DPD unless they are granted a waiver through a strict governance process.
Page 58
In WRB, SICR is also assessed for where specific risk elevation events have occurred in a market that are not yet reflected in modelled outcomes or in other metrics. This is applied collectively either to impacted specific products/customer cohorts or across the overall consumer banking portfolio in the affected market.
Backstop
Across all portfolios, accounts that are 30 or more days past due (DPD) on contractual payments of principal and/or interest that have not been captured by the criteria above are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk. For less material portfolios, which are modelled based on a roll-rate or loss-rate approach, SICR is primarily assessed through the 30 DPD trigger.
Expert credit judgement may be applied in assessing SICR to the extent that certain risks may not have been captured by the models or through the above criteria. Such instances are expected to be rare, for example due to events and material uncertainties arising close to the reporting date.
Assessment of credit-impaired financial assets
WRB clients
The core components in determining credit-impaired ECL provisions are the value of gross charge-off and recoveries. Gross charge-off and/or loss provisions are recognised when it is established that the account is unlikely to pay through the normal process. Recovery of unsecured debt post credit impairment is recognised based on actual cash collected, either directly from clients or through the sale of defaulted loans to third-party institutions. Release of credit impairment provisions for secured loans is recognised if the loan outstanding is paid in full (release of full provision), or the provision is higher than the loan outstanding (release of the excess provision).
CIB and Private Banking clients
Credit-impaired accounts are managed by the Group's specialist recovery unit, Stressed Asset Group (SAG), which is independent of the Client Coverage/Relationship Managers. Where a portion of exposure is considered not recoverable, a stage 3 credit impairment provision is raised. This stage 3 provision is the difference between the loan-carrying amount and the probability-weighted present value of estimated future cash flows, reflecting a range of scenarios (typically the 'upside', 'downside' and 'likely' recovery outcomes). Where the exposure is secured by collateral, the values used will incorporate the impact of forward-looking economic information on the value recoverable collateral and time to realise the same.
The individual circumstances of each client are considered when SAG estimates future cashflows and the timing of future recoveries which involves significant judgement. All available sources, such as cashflow arising from operations, selling assets or subsidiaries, realising collateral or payments under guarantees, are considered. In any decision relating to the raising of provisions, the Group attempts to balance economic conditions, local knowledge and experience, and the results of independent asset reviews. The individual impairment provisions (viz. those not directly from a model) are approved by Stressed Assets Risk (SAR) who are in the Second Line of Defence.
Write-offs
Where it is considered that there is no realistic prospect of recovering a portion of an exposure against which an impairment provision has been raised, that amount will be written off.
Governance of PMAs and application of expert credit judgement in respect of ECL
The Group's Credit Policy and Standards framework details the requirements for continuous monitoring to identify any changes in credit quality and resultant ratings, as well as ensuring a consistent approach to monitoring, managing and mitigating credit risks. The framework aligns with the governance of ECL estimation through the early recognition of significant deteriorations in ratings which drive stage 2 and 3 ECL.
The models used in determining ECL are reviewed and approved by the Group Credit Model Assessment Committee (CMAC) or Delegate Model Approver (DMA), which is appointed by the Model Risk Committee. CMAC has the responsibility to assess and approve the use of models and to review all IFRS 9 interpretations related to models. CMAC also provides oversight on operational matters related to model development, performance monitoring and model validation activities, including standards and regulatory matters.
Prior to submission to CMAC for approval, the models are validated by GMV, a function which is independent of the business and the model developers. GMV's analysis comprises review of model documentation, model design and methodology, data validation, review of the model development and calibration process, out-of-sample performance testing, and assessment of compliance review against IFRS 9 rules and internal standards.
Page 59
Model performance PMAs
The process of PMA identification, calculation and approval are prescribed in the Credit Risk IFRS 9 ECL Model Family Standards, which are approved by the Global Head, Model Risk Management. PMA calculations are reviewed by GMV and submitted to CMAC for approval and will be removed when the estimates return to being within the monitoring thresholds or validation standards. The level of PMAs and remediation plans are regularly tracked at CMAC.
Judgemental adjustments
These comprise judgemental PMAs and judgemental management overlays, and account for events that are not captured in the Base Case Forecast or the resulting ECL calculated by the models. Judgemental adjustments must be approved by the IIC having considered the nature of the event, why the risk is not captured in the model, and the basis on which the quantum of the overlay has been calculated. Judgemental adjustments are subject to quarterly review and re-approval by the IIC, and will be released when the risks are no longer relevant.
The IFRS 9 Impairment Committee:
• oversees the appropriateness of all Business Model Assessment and Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI) tests
• reviews and approves ECL for financial assets classified as stages 1, 2 and 3 for each financial reporting period
• reviews and approves stage allocation rules and thresholds
• approves material adjustments in relation to ECL for fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and amortised cost financial assets
• reviews, challenges and approves base macroeconomic forecasts and the multiple macroeconomic scenarios approach that are utilised in the forward-looking ECL calculations
The IIC consists of senior representatives from Risk and Finance. It meets at least twice every quarter - once before the models are run to approve key inputs into the calculation, and once after the models are run to approve the ECL provisions and any judgemental management overlays that may be necessary.
The IIC is supported by an Expert Panel which also reviews and challenges the base case projections and multiple macroeconomic scenarios. The Expert Panel consists of members of Enterprise Risk Management (which includes the Scenario Design team), Finance, Group Economic Research and country representatives of major jurisdictions.
Traded Risk
Market Risk (audited)
Market Risk is the potential for fair value loss due to adverse moves in financial markets. The Group's exposure to Market Risk arises predominantly from the following sources:
• Trading book:
- The Group provides clients with access to markets, facilitation of which entails the Group taking moderate Market Risk positions. All trading teams support client activity. There are no proprietary trading teams. Hence, income earned from Market Risk-related activities is primarily driven by the volume of client activity.
• Non-trading book:
- Treasury is required to hold a liquid assets buffer, much of which is held in high-quality marketable debt securities
- The Group underwrites and sells down loans, and invests in select investment grade debt securities with no trading intent
- The Group has capital invested and related income streams denominated in currencies other than US dollars. To the extent that these income streams are not hedged, the Group is subject to Structural Foreign Exchange Risk which is reflected in reserves.
A summary of our current policies and practices regarding Market Risk management is provided in the 'Principal Risks' section.
Page 60
The primary categories of Market Risk for the Group are:
• Interest Rate Risk: arising from changes in yield curves and implied volatilities
• Foreign Exchange Risk: arising from changes in currency exchange rates and implied volatilities
• Commodity Risk: arising from changes in commodity prices and implied volatilities
• Credit Spread Risk: arising from changes in the price of debt instruments and credit-linked derivatives and driven by factors other than the level of risk-free interest rates
• Equity Risk: arising from changes in the prices of equities and implied volatilities
Market Risk movements (audited)
Value at Risk (VaR) allows the Group to manage Market Risk across the trading book and most of the fair valued non-trading books.
The average level of total trading and non-trading VaR in 2024 was $41.8 million, 22 per cent lower than 2023 ($53.3 million). The year end level of total trading and non-trading VaR in 2024 was $43.3 million, 3 per cent lower than 2023 ($44.5 million), due to a reduction in market volatility.
For the trading book, the average level of VaR in 2024 was $21.1 million, 2 per cent lower than in 2023 ($21.5 million). Trading activities have remained relatively unchanged, and client driven.
Daily Value at Risk (VaR at 97.5%, one day) (audited)
Trading1 and non-trading2 | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Average | High | Low | Year end | Average | High | Low | Year end | ||
Interest Rate Risk | 32.8 | 43.9 | 18.6 | 38.8 |
| 39.5 | 54.1 | 23.2 | 30.5 |
Credit Spread Risk | 20.4 | 31.3 | 12.8 | 16.6 |
| 33.8 | 48.0 | 25.0 | 31.7 |
Foreign Exchange Risk | 9.2 | 15.0 | 5.0 | 7.4 |
| 7.0 | 12.2 | 4.2 | 7.4 |
Commodity Risk | 5.3 | 10.0 | 2.9 | 4.6 |
| 5.8 | 9.7 | 3.7 | 4.3 |
Equity Risk | 0.4 | 0.9 | - | - |
| 0.1 | 0.4 | - | - |
Diversification effect3 | (26.3) | NA | NA | (24.1) |
| (32.9) | NA | NA | (29.4) |
Total | 41.8 | 53.1 | 29.4 | 43.3 |
| 53.3 | 65.5 | 44.2 | 44.5 |
Trading¹ | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Average | High | Low | Year end | Average | High | Low | Year end | ||
Interest Rate Risk | 12.7 | 22.0 | 7.0 | 12.0 |
| 13.1 | 20.4 | 7.7 | 11.6 |
Credit Spread Risk | 6.6 | 9.6 | 4.8 | 5.4 |
| 9.4 | 12.4 | 7.4 | 9.4 |
Foreign Exchange Risk | 9.2 | 15.0 | 5.0 | 7.4 |
| 7.0 | 12.2 | 4.2 | 7.4 |
Commodity Risk | 4.8 | 10.0 | 2.4 | 4.3 |
| 5.8 | 9.7 | 3.7 | 4.4 |
Equity Risk | - | - | - | - |
| - | - | - | - |
Diversification effect3 | (12.2) | NA | NA | (8.3) |
| (13.8) | NA | NA | (11.5) |
Total | 21.1 | 33.1 | 13.0 | 20.8 |
| 21.5 | 30.6 | 14.7 | 21.3 |
Non-trading2 | 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Average | High | Low | Year end | Average | High | Low | Year end | ||
Interest Rate Risk | 28.0 | 35.5 | 17.4 | 32.5 |
| 34.2 | 43.6 | 19.7 | 23.9 |
Credit Spread Risk | 17.2 | 24.8 | 10.0 | 15.7 |
| 28.3 | 40.1 | 21.5 | 24.4 |
Foreign Exchange Risk | - | - | - | - |
| - | - | - | - |
Commodity Risk | 1.3 | 1.8 | 0.6 | 0.8 |
| 0.1 | 0.5 | 0.3 | 0.5 |
Equity Risk | 0.4 | 0.9 | - | - |
| 0.1 | 0.4 | - | - |
Diversification effect3 | (12.7) | NA | NA | (10.2) |
| (18.7) | NA | NA | (13.2) |
Total | 34.2 | 44.3 | 28.6 | 38.8 |
| 44.0 | 53.4 | 32.0 | 35.6 |
Page 61
The following table sets out how trading and non-trading VaR is distributed across the Group's businesses:
| 2024 |
| 2023 | ||||||
Average | High | Low | Year end | Average | High | Low | Year end | ||
Trading1 and non-trading2 | 41.8 | 53.1 | 29.4 | 43.3 |
| 53.3 | 65.5 | 44.2 | 44.5 |
Trading1 |
|
|
|
|
|
| | | |
Macro Trading4 | 17.0 | 29.9 | 10.0 | 17.1 |
| 13.8 | 20.2 | 9.2 | 15.4 |
Global Credit | 6.8 | 11.1 | 4.3 | 5.8 |
| 12.8 | 18.2 | 8.5 | 10.1 |
XVA | 3.3 | 4.4 | 2.4 | 2.4 |
| 4.8 | 7.0 | 3.4 | 4.5 |
Diversification effect3 | (6.0) | NA | NA | (4.5) |
| (9.9) | NA | NA | (8.7) |
Total | 21.1 | 33.1 | 13.0 | 20.8 |
| 21.5 | 30.6 | 14.7 | 21.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trading2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury | 32.9 | 40.8 | 26.9 | 38.6 |
| 43.4 | 50.2 | 31.1 | 34.9 |
Global Credit | 5.0 | 13.4 | 2.4 | 8.8 |
| 3.9 | 13.6 | 2.0 | 4.0 |
Listed Private Equity | 0.4 | 0.9 | - | - |
| 0.1 | 0.4 | - | - |
Diversification effect3 | (4.1) | NA | NA | (8.6) |
| (3.4) | NA | NA | (3.3) |
Total | 34.2 | 43.3 | 28.6 | 38.8 |
| 44.0 | 53.4 | 32.0 | 35.6 |
1 The trading book for Market Risk is defined in accordance with the UK onshored Capital Requirements Regulation Part 3 Title I Chapter 3, which restricts the positions permitted in the trading book
2 The non-trading book VaR does not include the loan underwriting business
3 The total VaR is non-additive across risk types due to diversification effects, which is measured as the difference between the sum of the VaR by individual risk type or business and the combined total VaR. As the maximum and minimum occur on different days for different risk types or businesses, it is not meaningful to calculate a portfolio diversification benefit for these measures
4 Macro Trading comprises the Rates, FX and Commodities businesses
Risks not in VaR
In 2024, the main market risks not reflected in VaR were:
• basis risks for which the historical market price data is limited and is therefore proxied, giving rise to potential proxy basis risk that is not captured in VaR
• potential depeg risk from currencies currently pegged or managed, where the historical one-year VaR observation period may not reflect the possibility of a change in the currency regime or a sudden depegging
• potential understatement of VaR when abrupt increases in market volatility are not adequately captured by the VaR model.
Additional capital is set aside to cover such 'risks not in VaR'.
Backtesting
In 2024, there were no regulatory backtesting negative exceptions at Group level (in 2023 there were five).
An enhancement to the VaR model will be implemented from January 2025 to increase the model's responsiveness to abrupt upturns in market volatility.
The graph below illustrates the performance of the VaR model used in capital calculations. It compares the 99 percentile profit and loss confidence level given by the VaR model with the hypothetical profit and loss of each day given the actual market movement ignoring any intra-day trading activity.
Trading loss days
| 2024 | 2023 |
Number of loss days reported for Markets trading book total product income1 | 12 | 16 |
1 Includes credit valuation adjustment (CVA) and funding valuation adjustment (FVA), and excludes Treasury business (non-trading), periodic valuation changes for Capital Markets, expected loss provisions, overnight indexed swap (OIS) discounting and accounting adjustments such as debit valuation adjustments
Page 62
Average daily income earned from Market Risk-related activities¹ (audited)
Trading: The average level of total trading daily income in 2024 was $13.3 million, 10.8 per cent higher than 2023 ($12 million). The increase is largely attributable higher client demand for derivative products across Greater China and North Asia coupled with larger holdings of government and corporate bonds in anticipation of increased demand by clients.
Non-trading: The average level of total non-trading daily income in 2024 was $2.7 million, attributable to translation gains on the revaluation of FX positions in Egypt, and FX revaluation gains across currencies in the Markets Credit Trading business.
Trading | 2024 | 2023 |
Interest Rate Risk | 5.2 | 4.5 |
Credit Spread Risk | 1.7 | 1.2 |
Foreign Exchange Risk | 5.6 | 5.5 |
Commodity Risk | 0.8 | 0.8 |
Equity Risk | - | - |
Total | 13.3 | 12.0 |
Non-trading | $million | $million |
Interest Rate Risk | 0.6 | (0.1) |
Credit Spread Risk | 2.1 | (0.7) |
Equity Risk | - | 0.1 |
Total | 2.7 | (0.7) |
1 Reflects total product income which is the sum of client income and own account income. Includes elements of trading income, interest income and non funded income which are generated from Market Risk-related activities. Rates, XVA and Treasury income are included under Interest Rate Risk while Credit Trading income is included under Credit Spread Risk
Structural foreign exchange exposures
The table below sets out the principal structural foreign exchange exposures (net of investment hedges) of the Group.
| 2024 | 2023 |
Hong Kong dollar | 4,232 | 4,662 |
Renminbi | 3,593 | 3,523 |
Indian rupee | 3,480 | 3,309 |
Singapore dollar | 3,306 | 2,415 |
Malaysian ringgit | 1,539 | 1,540 |
Korean won | 1,363 | 2,114 |
Bangladeshi taka | 1,113 | 1,007 |
Euro | 1,112 | 1,125 |
Taiwanese dollar | 1,087 | 1,222 |
UAE dirham | 807 | 709 |
Thai baht | 763 | 782 |
Pakistani rupee | 392 | 306 |
Indonesian rupiah | 230 | 293 |
Other | 3,407 | 3,206 |
| 26,424 | 26,213 |
As at 31 December 2024, the Group had taken net investment hedges using derivative financial instruments to partly cover its exposure to the Hong Kong dollar of $5,359 million (31 December 2023: $5,603 million), Korean won of $3,048 million (31 December 2023: $2,884 million), Indian rupee of $1,784 million (31 December 2023: $1,809 million), Renminbi of $1,640 million (31 December 2023: $1,516 million), UAE dirham of $1,470 million (31 December 2023: $1,470 million), Taiwanese dollar of $1,092 million (31 December 2023: $1,025 million), Singapore dollar of $0 million (2023: $1,047 million) and South African rand of $0 million (31 December 2023:$64 million). An analysis has been performed on these exposures to assess the impact of a 1 per cent fall in the US dollar exchange rates, adjusted to incorporate the impacts of correlations of these currencies to the US dollar. The impact on the positions above would be an increase of $262 million (31 December 2023: $260 million). Changes in the valuation of these positions are taken to reserves. For analysis of the Group's capital position and requirements, refer to the 'Capital review' section.
Page 63
Counterparty Credit Risk
Counterparty Credit Risk is the potential for loss in the event of the default of a derivative counterparty, after taking into account the value of eligible collaterals and risk mitigation techniques. The Group's counterparty credit exposures are included in the Credit Risk section.
Derivative financial instruments Credit Risk mitigation
The Group enters into master netting agreements, which in the event of default result in a single amount owed by or to the counterparty through netting the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values of applicable derivative transactions.
In addition, the Group enters into credit support annexes (CSAs) with counterparties where collateral is deemed a necessary or desirable mitigant to the exposure. Cash collateral includes collateral called under a variation margin process from counterparties if total uncollateralised mark-to-market exposure exceeds the threshold and minimum transfer amount specified in the CSA. With certain counterparties, the CSA is reciprocal and requires us to post collateral if the overall mark-to-market values of positions are in the counterparty's favour and exceed an agreed threshold.
Liquidity and Funding Risk
Liquidity and Funding Risk is the risk that the Group may not have sufficient stable or diverse sources of funding to meet its obligations as they fall due.
The Group's Liquidity and Funding Risk framework requires each country to ensure that it operates within predefined liquidity limits and remains in compliance with Group liquidity policies and practices, as well as local regulatory requirements.
The Group achieves this through a combination of setting Risk Appetite and associated limits, policy formation, risk measurement and monitoring, prudential and internal stress testing, governance and review.
Throughout 2024, the Group retained a robust liquidity position across key metrics. The Group continues to focus on improving the quality and diversification of its funding mix and remains committed to supporting its clients.
Primary sources of funding (audited)
The Group's funding strategy is largely driven by its policy to maintain adequate liquidity at all times, in all geographic locations and for all currencies. This is done to ensure the Group can meet all of its obligations as they fall due. The Group's funding profile is therefore well diversified across different sources, maturities and currencies.
The Group's assets are funded predominantly by customer deposits, supplemented with wholesale funding, which is diversified by type and maturity.
The Group maintains access to wholesale funding markets in all major financial centres in which it operates. This seeks to ensure that the Group has market intelligence, maintains stable funding lines and can obtain optimal pricing when performing cashflow management activities.
In 2024, the Group issued approximately $9.1 billion worth of securities from its holding company, Standard Chartered PLC (2023 $8.1 billion of senior debt securities). The issuances included $1.6 billion of Additional Tier 1 securities and $7.5 billion of senior debt securities across multiple currencies. Over this same period, there were Additional Tier 1 calls of $0.6 billion, Tier 2 redemptions (calls & maturities) of around $1.6 billion and senior calls of $6.3 billion. In the next 12 months, approximately $7.8 billion of the Group's Additional Tier 1, senior and subordinated debt securities are either falling due for repayment contractually or callable by the Group.
Liquidity and Funding Risk metrics
The Group continually monitors key liquidity metrics, both on a country basis and consolidated across the Group.
The following liquidity and funding Board Risk Appetite metrics define the maximum amount and type of risk that the Group is willing to assume in pursuit of its strategy: liquidity coverage ratio (LCR), liquidity stress survival horizons, recovery capacity and net stable funding ratio (NSFR). In addition to the Board Risk Appetite, there are further limits that apply at Group and country level such as external wholesale borrowing (WBE) and cross currency limits.
Page 64
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)
The LCR is a regulatory requirement set to ensure the Group has sufficient unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to meet its liquidity needs in a 30-calendar-day liquidity stress scenario.
The Group monitors and reports its liquidity positions under the Liquidity Coverage Ratio per PRA rulebook and has maintained its LCR above the prudential requirement. The Group maintained robust liquidity ratios throughout 2024.
At the reporting date, the Group LCR was 138 per cent (31 December 2023: 145 per cent), with a surplus to both Board-approved Risk Appetite and regulatory requirements.
Adequate liquidity was held across our footprint to meet all local prudential LCR requirements where applicable.
The Liquidity buffer reported is after deductions made to reflect the impact of limitations in the transferability of entity liquidity around the Group. This resulted in an adjustment of $35 billion to LCR HQLA as at 31 December 2024.
| 2024 | 2023 |
Liquidity buffer | 170,306 | 185,643 |
Total net cash outflows | 123,226 | 128,111 |
Liquidity coverage ratio | 138% | 145% |
Stressed coverage
The Group intends to maintain a prudent and sustainable funding and liquidity position, in all countries and currencies, such that it can withstand a severe but plausible liquidity stress.
Our approach to managing liquidity and funding is reflected in the Board-level Risk Appetite Statement which includes the following:
"The Group should have sufficient stable and diverse sources of funding to meet its contractual and contingent obligations as they fall due."
The Group's internal liquidity adequacy assessment process ('ILAAP') stress testing framework covers the following stress scenarios:
• Standard Chartered-specific - Captures the liquidity impact from an idiosyncratic event affecting Standard Chartered only with the rest of the market assumed to be operating normally.
• Market wide - Captures the liquidity impact from a market-wide crisis affecting all participants in a country, region or globally.
• Combined - Assumes both Standard Chartered-specific and Market-wide events affect the Group simultaneously and hence is the most severe scenario.
All scenarios include, but are not limited to, modelled outflows for retail and wholesale funding, off-balance sheet funding risk, cross-currency funding risk, intraday risk, franchise risk and risks associated with a deterioration of a firm's credit rating. Concentration risk approach captures single name and industry concentration.
ILAAP stress testing results show that, as at 31 December 2024, Group and all countries were able to survive for a period of time with positive surpluses as defined under each scenario. The results take into account currency convertibility and portability constraints while calculating the liquidity surplus at Group level.
Standard Chartered Bank's credit ratings as at 31 December 2024 were A+ with stable outlook (Fitch), A+ with stable outlook (S&P) and A1 with positive outlook (Moody's). As of 31 December 2024, the estimated contractual outflow of a three-notch long-term ratings downgrade is $1.0 billion.
External wholesale borrowing
A risk trigger is set to prevent excessive reliance on wholesale borrowing. Within the definition of wholesale borrowing, triggers are applied to all branches and operating subsidiaries in the Group.
Page 65
Advances-to-deposits ratio
This is defined as the ratio of total loans and advances to customers relative to total customer deposits. An advances-to-deposits ratio below 100 per cent demonstrates that customer deposits exceed customer loans as a result of the emphasis placed on generating a high level of funding from customers.
The Group's advances-to-deposits ratio has remained stable in 2024 at 53.3 per cent. Deposits from customers as at 31 December 2024 are $486,261 million (31 December 2023: $486,666 million).
| 2024 | 2023 |
Total loans and advances to customers1,2 | 259,269 | 259,481 |
Total customer accounts3 | 486,261 | 486,666 |
Advances-to-deposits ratio | 53.3% | 53.3% |
1 Excludes reverse repurchase agreement and other similar secured lending of $9,660 million and includes loans and advances to customers held at fair value through profit and loss of $7,084 million
2 Loans and advances to customers for the purpose of the advances-to-deposits ratio excludes $19,187 million of approved balances held with central banks, confirmed as repayable at the point of stress (31 December 2023: $20,710 million)
3 Includes customer accounts held at fair value through profit or loss of $21,772 million (31 December 2023: $17,248 million)
Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
The NSFR is a PRA regulatory requirement that stipulates institutions to maintain a stable funding profile in relation to an assumed duration of their assets and off-balance sheet activities over a one-year horizon. It is the ratio between the amount of available stable funding (ASF) and the amount of required stable funding (RSF). ASF factors are applied to balance sheet liabilities and capital, based on their perceived stability and the amount of stable funding they provide. Likewise, RSF factors are applied to assets and off-balance sheet exposures according to the amount of stable funding they require. The regulatory requirements for NSFR are to maintain a ratio of at least 100 per cent. The average ratio for the past four quarters is 135 per cent.
Liquidity pool
The liquidity value of the Group's LCR eligible liquidity pool at the reporting date was $170 billion. The figures in the table below account for haircuts, currency convertibility and portability constraints per PRA rules for transfer restrictions (amounting to $35 billion as at 31 December 2024), and therefore are not directly comparable with the consolidated balance sheet. A liquidity pool is held to offset stress outflows as defined in the LCR per PRA rulebook.
| 2024 | 2023 |
Level 1 securities |
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks | 76,094 | 81,675 |
Central banks, governments /public sector entities | 74,182 | 71,768 |
Multilateral development banks and international organisations | 14,386 | 16,917 |
Other | 343 | 1,291 |
Total Level 1 securities | 165,005 | 171,651 |
Level 2 A securities | 4,367 | 13,268 |
Level 2 B securities | 934 | 724 |
Total LCR eligible assets | 170,306 | 185,643 |
Liquidity analysis of the Group's balance sheet (audited)
Contractual maturity of assets and liabilities
The following table presents assets and liabilities by maturity groupings based on the remaining period to the contractual maturity date as at the balance sheet date on a discounted basis. Contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect actual repayments or cashflows.
Within the tables below, cash and balances with central banks, interbank placements and investment securities that are fair valued through other comprehensive income are used by the Group principally for liquidity management purposes.
Page 66
As at the reporting date, assets remain predominantly short-dated, with 59 per cent maturing in less than one year.
| 2024 | ||||||||
One month | Between one month and three months | Between three months and | Between | Between | Between | Between | More than | Total | |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks | 55,646 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 7,801 | 63,447 |
Derivative financial instruments | 22,939 | 15,556 | 12,217 | 7,265 | 4,328 | 7,067 | 7,448 | 4,652 | 81,472 |
Loans and advances to banks1,2 | 22,381 | 21,722 | 10,588 | 6,771 | 4,986 | 8,407 | 3,715 | 1,990 | 80,560 |
Loans and advances to customers1,2 | 65,688 | 58,765 | 25,739 | 15,479 | 16,192 | 31,240 | 31,766 | 94,688 | 339,557 |
Investment securities1 | 13,016 | 25,886 | 21,546 | 14,789 | 14,688 | 32,815 | 41,423 | 62,418 | 226,581 |
Other assets1 | 12,601 | 32,130 | 1,333 | 381 | 931 | 71 | 64 | 10,560 | 58,071 |
Total assets | 192,271 | 154,059 | 71,423 | 44,685 | 41,125 | 79,600 | 84,416 | 182,109 | 849,688 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1,3 | 24,293 | 2,345 | 1,621 | 848 | 571 | 4,342 | 1,939 | 3 | 35,962 |
Customer accounts1,4 | 379,926 | 37,502 | 25,863 | 10,152 | 10,123 | 9,695 | 47,367 | 2,635 | 523,263 |
Derivative financial instruments | 21,680 | 17,115 | 11,773 | 7,018 | 4,353 | 6,660 | 8,144 | 5,321 | 82,064 |
Senior debt5 | 609 | 1,755 | 4,074 | 2,132 | 932 | 7,926 | 18,784 | 17,886 | 54,098 |
Other debt securities in issue1 | 2,734 | 2,663 | 6,550 | 4,535 | 5,015 | 851 | 1,206 | 688 | 24,242 |
Other liabilities | 12,173 | 43,574 | 3,020 | 1,441 | 155 | 4,494 | 682 | 2,854 | 68,393 |
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | - | 64 | 23 | 180 | 13 | 359 | 1,978 | 7,765 | 10,382 |
Total liabilities | 441,415 | 105,018 | 52,924 | 26,306 | 21,162 | 34,327 | 80,100 | 37,152 | 798,404 |
Net liquidity gap | (249,144) | 49,041 | 18,499 | 18,379 | 19,963 | 45,273 | 4,316 | 144,957 | 51,284 |
| 2023 | ||||||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and balances at central banks | 63,752 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 6,153 | 69,905 |
Derivative financial instruments | 12,269 | 10,632 | 6,910 | 3,611 | 2,921 | 4,650 | 6,038 | 3,403 | 50,434 |
Loans and advances to banks1,2 | 28,814 | 23,384 | 10,086 | 4,929 | 5,504 | 1,583 | 2,392 | 1,098 | 77,790 |
Loans and advances to customers1,2 | 86,695 | 55,009 | 25,492 | 15,392 | 14,537 | 25,987 | 26,545 | 95,829 | 345,486 |
Investment securities1 | 12,187 | 28,999 | 17,131 | 18,993 | 20,590 | 24,244 | 44,835 | 50,168 | 217,147 |
Other assets1 | 17,611 | 31,729 | 1,286 | 409 | 587 | 67 | 93 | 10,300 | 62,082 |
Total assets | 221,328 | 149,753 | 60,905 | 43,334 | 44,139 | 56,531 | 79,903 | 166,951 | 822,844 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits by banks1,3 | 26,745 | 1,909 | 1,398 | 503 | 778 | 1,326 | 2,848 | 2 | 35,509 |
Customer accounts1,4 | 384,444 | 47,723 | 28,288 | 13,647 | 11,806 | 7,787 | 38,578 | 2,349 | 534,622 |
Derivative financial instruments | 13,111 | 12,472 | 6,655 | 4,001 | 3,433 | 5,142 | 6,932 | 4,315 | 56,061 |
Senior debt5 | 130 | 1,111 | 1,537 | 1,389 | 624 | 11,507 | 20,127 | 14,443 | 50,868 |
Other debt securities in issue1 | 3,123 | 5,822 | 6,109 | 3,235 | 3,037 | 492 | 482 | 195 | 22,495 |
Other liabilities | 14,929 | 26,447 | 1,695 | 544 | 883 | 1,830 | 1,809 | 12,763 | 60,900 |
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 980 | 68 | 19 | 172 | 453 | 312 | 1,936 | 8,096 | 12,036 |
Total liabilities | 443,462 | 95,552 | 45,701 | 23,491 | 21,014 | 28,396 | 72,712 | 42,163 | 772,491 |
Net liquidity gap | (222,134) | 54,201 | 15,204 | 19,843 | 23,125 | 28,135 | 7,191 | 124,788 | 50,353 |
1 Loans and advances, investment securities, deposits by banks, customer accounts and debt securities in issue include financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss, see Note 13 Financial instruments
2 Loans and advances include reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of $98.8 billion (31 December 2023: $97.6 billion)
3 Deposits by banks include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $8.7 billion (31 December 2023: $5.6 billion)
4 Customer accounts include repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of $37.0 billion (31 December 2023: $48.0 billion)
5 Senior debt maturity profiles are based upon contractual maturity, which may be later than call options over the debt held by the Group
Page 67
Behavioural maturity of financial assets and liabilities
The cashflows presented in the previous section reflect the cashflows that will be contractually payable over the residual maturity of the instruments. However, contractual maturities do not necessarily reflect the timing of actual repayments or cashflow. In practice, certain assets and liabilities behave differently from their contractual terms, especially for short-term customer accounts, credit card balances and overdrafts, which extend to a longer period than their contractual maturity. On the other hand, mortgage balances tend to have a shorter repayment period than their contractual maturity date. Expected customer behaviour is assessed and managed on a country basis using qualitative and quantitative techniques, including analysis of observed customer behaviour over time.
Maturity of financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis (audited)
The following table analyses the contractual cashflows payable for the Group's financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities on an undiscounted basis. The financial liability balances in the table below will not agree with the balances reported in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all contractual cashflows, on an undiscounted basis, relating to both principal and interest payments. Derivatives not treated as hedging derivatives are included in the 'On demand' time bucket and not by contractual maturity.
Within the 'More than five years and undated' maturity band are undated financial liabilities, the majority of which relate to subordinated debt, on which interest payments are not included as this information would not be meaningful, given the instruments are undated. Interest payments on these instruments are included within the relevant maturities up to five years.
| 2024 | ||||||||
One month | Between one month and three months | Between three months and | Between | Between | Between | Between | More than | Total | |
Deposits by banks | 24,303 | 2,360 | 1,660 | 862 | 589 | 4,347 | 1,939 | 4 | 36,064 |
Customer accounts | 380,377 | 37,790 | 26,277 | 10,384 | 10,438 | 9,937 | 47,642 | 3,396 | 526,241 |
Derivative financial instruments¹ | 80,055 | 13 | 12 | 10 | 3 | 216 | 592 | 1,163 | 82,064 |
Debt securities in issue | 3,622 | 4,551 | 11,007 | 7,056 | 6,319 | 10,261 | 23,184 | 21,337 | 87,337 |
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 19 | 134 | 46 | 206 | 14 | 392 | 2,345 | 13,800 | 16,956 |
Other liabilities | 10,421 | 44,933 | 2,894 | 1,408 | 152 | 4,433 | 682 | 4,802 | 69,725 |
Total liabilities | 498,797 | 89,781 | 41,896 | 19,926 | 17,515 | 29,586 | 76,384 | 44,502 | 818,387 |
| 2023 | ||||||||
Deposits by banks | 26,759 | 1,921 | 1,417 | 513 | 790 | 1,328 | 2,848 | 4 | 35,580 |
Customer accounts | 385,361 | 48,140 | 28,763 | 14,049 | 12,190 | 8,118 | 39,000 | 3,036 | 538,657 |
Derivative financial instruments¹ | 53,054 | 517 | 46 | 44 | 103 | 202 | 887 | 1,208 | 56,061 |
Debt securities in issue | 3,507 | 6,995 | 8,015 | 5,070 | 4,002 | 13,663 | 23,413 | 16,396 | 81,061 |
Subordinated liabilities and other borrowed funds | 1,043 | 134 | 46 | 208 | 570 | 395 | 2,389 | 14,367 | 19,152 |
Other liabilities | 12,200 | 26,291 | 1,560 | 515 | 884 | 1,832 | 1,810 | 11,513 | 56,605 |
Total liabilities | 481,924 | 83,998 | 39,847 | 20,399 | 18,539 | 25,538 | 70,347 | 46,524 | 787,116 |
1 Derivatives are on a discounted basis
Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book
The following table provides the estimated impact to a hypothetical base case projection of the Group's earnings under the following scenarios:
• A 50 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
• A 100 basis point parallel interest rate shock (up and down) to the current market-implied path of rates, across all yield curves
These interest rate shock scenarios assume all other economic variables remain constant. The sensitivities shown represent the estimated change to a hypothetical base case projected net interest income (NII), plus the change in interest rate implied income and expense from FX swaps used to manage banking book currency positions, under the different interest rate shock scenarios.
Page 68
The base case projected NII is based on the current market-implied path of rates and forward rate expectations. The NII sensitivities below stress this base case by a further 50 or 100bps. Actual observed interest rate changes will likely differ from market expectation. Accordingly, the shocked NII sensitivity does not represent a forecast of the Group's net interest income.
The interest rate sensitivities are indicative stress tests and based on simplified scenarios, estimating the aggregate impact of an unanticipated, instantaneous parallel shock across all yield curves over a one-year horizon, including the time taken to implement changes to pricing before becoming effective. The assessment assumes that the size and mix of the balance sheet remain constant and that there are no specific management actions in response to the change in rates. No assumptions are made in relation to the impact on credit spreads in a changing rate environment.
Significant modelling and behavioural assumptions are made regarding scenario simplification, market competition, pass-through rates, asset and liability re-pricing tenors, and price flooring. In particular, the assumption that interest rates of all currencies and maturities shift by the same amount concurrently, and that no actions are taken to mitigate the impacts arising from this are considered unlikely. Reported sensitivities will vary over time due to a number of factors including changes in balance sheet composition, market conditions, customer behaviour and risk management strategy. Therefore, while the NII sensitivities are a relevant measure of the Group's interest rate exposure, they should not be considered an income or profit forecast.
Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period of: | 2024 | ||||||||
USD bloc | HKD bloc | SGD bloc | KRW bloc | CNY bloc | INR bloc | EUR bloc | Other currency bloc¹ | Total | |
+ 50 basis points | 20 | 30 | 10 | 20 | 20 | 30 | 10 | 70 | 210 |
- 50 basis points | (40) | (30) | (20) | (20) | (30) | (30) | (20) | (80) | (270) |
| | | | | | | | | |
+ 100 basis points | 30 | 60 | 20 | 30 | 30 | 40 | 30 | 150 | 390 |
- 100 basis points | (90) | (50) | (40) | (50) | (50) | (40) | (40) | (190) | (550) |
Estimated one-year impact to earnings from a parallel shift in yield curves at the beginning of the period of: | 2023 | ||||||||
USD bloc | HKD bloc | SGD bloc | KRW bloc | CNY bloc | INR bloc | EUR bloc | Other currency bloc¹ | Total | |
+ 50 basis points | 90 | 10 | 50 | 10 | 30 | 20 | 30 | 110 | 350 |
- 50 basis points | (150) | (30) | (50) | (20) | (40) | (30) | (30) | (120) | (470) |
| | | | | | | | | |
+ 100 basis points | 180 | 10 | 100 | 20 | 60 | 40 | 50 | 230 | 690 |
- 100 basis points | (280) | (40) | (100) | (40) | (80) | (60) | (60) | (230) | (890) |
1 The largest exposures within the Other currency bloc are GBP,JPY, MYR, TWD
As at 31 December 2024, the Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 50 basis points to increase projected NII by $210 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 50 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $270 million. The Group estimates the one-year impact of an instantaneous, parallel increase across all yield curves of 100 basis points to increase projected NII by $390 million. The equivalent impact from a parallel decrease of 100 basis points would result in a reduction in projected NII of $550 million.
The benefit from rising interest rates is primarily from reinvesting at higher yields and from assets re-pricing faster and to a greater extent than deposits. NII sensitivity in falling rate scenarios has decreased versus 31 December 2023, due to an increase in programmatic hedging as well as actions taken in discretionary portfolios to increase asset duration.
Over the course of 2024 the notional of interest rate swaps and HTC-accounted bond portfolios used to reduce NII sensitivity through the cycle increased from $47 billion to $64 billion. As at December 2024, the portfolios had a weighted average maturity of 3.0 years, which reflects the behaviouralised lives of the rate-insensitive deposit and equity balances that they hedge, and a yield of 3.5 per cent.
Page 69
Operational and Technology Risk
Operational and Technology Risk profile
The implementation of standardised non-financial risk, control and causal taxonomies is enabling improved risk aggregation and reporting, and has provided opportunities for simplifying the process for risk identification and assessment in the Group.
Operational and Technology Risk is elevated in areas such as Change Mismanagement Risk and Third-Party Risk Management, which are subject to ongoing control enhancement programmes. Other key areas of focus are Systems Health/Technology risk, Operational Resilience and Regulatory Compliance. To address these areas, the Group has focused on improving the sustainable operating environment and has initiated several programmes to enhance the control environment. The Group continues to monitor and manage Operational and Technology risks associated with the external environment such as geopolitical factors, the increasing risk of cyber-attacks and inappropriate use of Artificial Intelligence. This enables the Group to keep pace with the new business developments, while ensuring that its risk and control frameworks evolve accordingly. The Group continues to strengthen its risk management to understand the full spectrum of risks in the operating environment, enhance its defences and improve resilience.
Operational and Technology risk events and losses
Operational losses are one indicator of the effectiveness and robustness of our non-financial risk and control environment.
The Group's profile of operational loss events in 2024 and 2023 is summarised in the table below, which shows the distribution of gross operational losses by Basel business line. There has been a sharp increase in Corporate Items in 2024 due to a single large event pertaining to Finance Accounting Adjustment.
Distribution of Operational losses by Basel business line | % Loss | |
2024 | 2023¹ | |
Agency Services | 0.0% | 3.9% |
Asset Management | 0.0% | 0.2% |
Commercial Banking | 1.4% | 8.0% |
Corporate Finance | 0.1% | 7.2% |
Corporate Items | 72.5% | 34.3% |
Payment and Settlements | 7.6% | 16.6% |
Retail Banking | 17.0% | 21.3% |
Retail Brokerage | 0.0% | 0.0% |
Trading and Sales | 1.4% | 8.6% |
1 Losses in 2023 have been restated to include incremental events recognised in 2024
The Group's profile of operational loss events in 2024 and 2023 is also summarised by Basel event type in the table below. It shows the distribution of gross operational losses by Basel event type.
Distribution of Operational losses by Basel event type | % Loss | |
2024 | 2023¹ | |
Business disruption and system failures | 1.8% | 4.7% |
Clients products and business practices | 14.1% | 2.9% |
Damage to physical assets | 0.0% | 0.0% |
Employment practices and workplace safety | 0.1% | 0.6% |
Execution delivery and process management | 81.5% | 77.3% |
External fraud | 2.4% | 14.4% |
Internal fraud | 0.1% | 0.2% |
1 Losses in 2023 have been restated to include incremental events recognised in 2024
Other principal risks
The losses arising from operational failures for other principal and integrated risks are reported as operational losses. Operational losses do not include operational risk-related credit impairments.
Page 70
Capital review
The Capital review provides an analysis of the Group's capital and leverage position, and requirements.
Capital summary
The Group's capital, leverage and minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) position is managed within the Board-approved risk appetite. The Group is well capitalised with low leverage and high levels of loss-absorbing capacity.
| 2024 | 2023 |
CET1 capital | 14.2% | 14.1% |
Tier 1 capital | 16.9% | 16.3% |
Total capital | 21.5% | 21.2% |
Leverage ratio | 4.8% | 4.7% |
MREL ratio | 34.2% | 33.3% |
Risk-weighted assets (RWA) $million | 247,065 | 244,151 |
The Group's capital, leverage and MREL positions were all above current requirements and Board-approved risk appetite. For further detail see the Capital section in the Standard Chartered PLC Pillar 3 Disclosures for FY 2024. The Group's CET1 capital increased 19 basis points to 14.2 per cent of RWA since FY2023. Profits, movements in FVOCI, FX translation reserves and decrease in regulatory deductions were partly offset by RWA growth and distributions (including ordinary share buybacks of $2.5 billion during the year).
The PRA updated the Group's Pillar 2A requirement during Q4 2024. As at 31 December 2024 the Group's Pillar 2A was 3.7 per cent of RWA, of which at least 2.1 per cent must be held in CET1 capital. The Group's minimum CET1 capital requirement was 10.5 per cent at 31 December 2024.
The Group CET1 capital ratio at 31 December 2024 reflects the share buybacks of $2.5 billion announced during the year. The CET1 capital ratio also includes an accrual for the FY 2024 dividend. The Board has recommended a final dividend for FY 2024 of $679 million or 28 cents per share resulting in a full year 2024 dividend of 37 cents per share, a 37 per cent increase on the 2023 dividend. In addition, the Board has announced a further share buyback of $1.5 billion, the impact of this will reduce the Group's CET1 capital by around 61 basis points in the first quarter of 2025.
The Group expects to manage CET1 capital dynamically within our 13-14 per cent target range, in support of our aim of delivering future sustainable shareholder distributions.
The Group's MREL leverage requirement as at 31 December 2024 was 27.6 per cent of RWA. This is composed of a minimum requirement of 23.7 per cent of RWA and the Group's combined buffer (comprising the capital conservation buffer, the G-SII buffer and the countercyclical buffer). The Group's MREL ratio was 34.2 per cent of RWA and 9.7 per cent of leverage exposure at 31 December 2024.
During 2024, the Group successfully raised $9.1 billion of MREL eligible securities from its holding company, Standard Chartered PLC. Issuance include $1.6 billion of Additional Tier 1 and $7.5 billion of callable senior debt.
The Group raised an additional $1.0 billion of Additional Tier 1 and $2.5 billion in senior securities post the balance sheet date, i.e. not included in the FY 2024 MREL position.
The Group is a G-SII, with a 1.0 per cent G-SII CET1 capital buffer. The Standard Chartered PLC G-SII disclosure is published at: sc.com/en/investors/financial-results.
Page 71
Capital base1 (audited)
| 2024 | 2023 |
CET1 capital instruments and reserves | | |
Capital instruments and the related share premium accounts | 5,201 | 5,321 |
Of which: share premium accounts | 3,989 | 3,989 |
Retained earnings | 24,950 | 24,930 |
Accumulated other comprehensive income (and other reserves) | 8,724 | 9,171 |
Non-controlling interests (amount allowed in consolidated CET1) | 235 | 217 |
Independently audited year-end profits | 4,072 | 3,542 |
Foreseeable dividends | (923) | (768) |
CET1 capital before regulatory adjustments | 42,259 | 42,413 |
CET1 regulatory adjustments | | |
Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustments) | (624) | (730) |
Intangible assets (net of related tax liability) | (5,696) | (6,128) |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability (excludes those arising from temporary differences) | (31) | (41) |
Fair value reserves related to net losses on cash flow hedges | (4) | (91) |
Deduction of amounts resulting from the calculation of excess expected loss | (702) | (754) |
Net gains on liabilities at fair value resulting from changes in own credit risk | 278 | (100) |
Defined-benefit pension fund assets | (149) | (95) |
Fair value gains arising from the institution's own credit risk related to derivative liabilities | (97) | (116) |
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting of 1250% | (44) | (44) |
Total regulatory adjustments to CET1 | (7,069) | (8,099) |
CET1 capital | 35,190 | 34,314 |
Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1) instruments | 6,502 | 5,512 |
AT1 regulatory adjustments | (20) | (20) |
Tier 1 capital | 41,672 | 39,806 |
| | |
Tier 2 capital instruments | 11,449 | 11,965 |
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments | (30) | (30) |
Tier 2 capital | 11,419 | 11,935 |
Total capital | 53,091 | 51,741 |
Total risk-weighted assets (unaudited) | 247,065 | 244,151 |
1 Capital base is prepared on the regulatory scope of consolidation
Page 72
Movement in total capital (audited)
| 2024 | 2023 |
CET1 at 1 January | 34,314 | 34,157 |
Ordinary shares issued in the period and share premium | - | - |
Share buyback | (2,500) | (2,000) |
Profit for the period | 4,072 | 3,542 |
Foreseeable dividends deducted from CET1 | (923) | (768) |
Difference between dividends paid and foreseeable dividends | (469) | (372) |
Movement in goodwill and other intangible assets | 432 | (326) |
Foreign currency translation differences | (525) | (477) |
Non-controlling interests | 18 | 28 |
Movement in eligible other comprehensive income | 636 | 464 |
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability | 10 | 35 |
Decrease/(increase) in excess expected loss | 52 | (70) |
Additional value adjustments (prudential valuation adjustment) | 106 | 124 |
IFRS 9 transitional impact on regulatory reserves including day one | 2 | (106) |
Exposure amounts which could qualify for risk weighting | - | 59 |
Fair value gains arising from the institution's own Credit Risk related to derivative liabilities | 19 | (26) |
Others | (54) | 50 |
CET1 at 31 December | 35,190 | 34,314 |
| | |
AT1 at 1 January | 5,492 | 6,484 |
Net issuances (redemptions) | 1,015 | (1,000) |
Foreign currency translation difference and others | (25) | 8 |
AT1 at 31 December | 6,482 | 5,492 |
| | |
Tier 2 capital at 1 January | 11,935 | 12,510 |
Regulatory amortisation | 1,189 | 1,416 |
Net issuances (redemptions) | (1,517) | (2,160) |
Foreign currency translation difference | (191) | 146 |
Tier 2 ineligible minority interest | (3) | 19 |
Others | 6 | 4 |
Tier 2 capital at 31 December | 11,419 | 11,935 |
Total capital at 31 December | 53,091 | 51,741 |
The main movements in capital in the period were:
• CET1 capital increased by $0.9 billion as retained profits of $4.1 billion, movement in FVOCI of $0.6 billion and a reduction in regulatory deductions and other movements of $0.6 billion were partly offset by share buybacks of $2.5 billion, distributions paid and foreseeable of $1.4 billion, foreign currency translation impact of $0.5 billion.
• AT1 capital increased by $1.0 billion following the issuance of $1.0 billion of 7.88 per cent securities and $0.6 billion of 5.30 per cent securities partly offset by the redemption of $0.6 billion of 5.38 per cent securities.
• Tier 2 capital decreased by $0.5 billion due to the redemption of $1.6 billion of Tier 2 during the year partly offset by the reversal of regulatory amortisation and foreign currency translation impact.
Page 73
Risk-weighted assets by business
| 2024 | |||
Credit risk | Operational risk | Market risk | Total risk | |
Corporate & Investment Banking | 112,100 | 19,987 | 24,781 | 156,868 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 41,002 | 9,523 | - | 50,525 |
Ventures | 2,243 | 142 | 21 | 2,406 |
Central & Other items | 33,958 | (173) | 3,481 | 37,266 |
Total risk-weighted assets | 189,303 | 29,479 | 28,283 | 247,065 |
| 2023 | |||
Corporate & Investment Banking | 102,675 | 18,083 | 21,221 | 141,979 |
Wealth & Retail Banking | 42,559 | 8,783 | - | 51,342 |
Ventures | 1,885 | 35 | 3 | 1,923 |
Central & Other items | 44,304 | 960 | 3,643 | 48,907 |
Total risk-weighted assets | 191,423 | 27,861 | 24,867 | 244,151 |
Movement in risk-weighted assets
| Credit risk | Operational risk | Market risk | Total risk | ||||
Corporate & Investment Banking | Wealth & Retail Banking | Ventures | Central & Other items | Total | ||||
At 1 January 2023 | 110,103 | 42,091 | 1,350 | 43,311 | 196,855 | 27,177 | 20,679 | 244,711 |
Assets growth & mix | (4,424) | 728 | 535 | 1,183 | (1,978) | - | - | (1,978) |
Asset quality | (391) | 390 | - | 2,684 | 2,683 | - | - | 2,683 |
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies | - | - | - | (688) | (688) | - | - | (688) |
Model Updates | (597) | (151) | - | (151) | (899) | - | 500 | (399) |
Methodology and policy changes | - | (196) | - | - | (196) | - | (800) | (996) |
Acquisitions and disposals | (1,630) | - | - | - | (1,630) | - | - | (1,630) |
Foreign currency translation | (386) | (303) | - | (2,035) | (2,724) | - | - | (2,724) |
Other, Including non-credit risk movements | - | - | - | - | - | 684 | 4,488 | 5,172 |
At 31 December 2023 | 102,675 | 42,559 | 1,885 | 44,304 | 191,423 | 27,861 | 24,867 | 244,151 |
Assets growth & mix | 11,412 | 341 | 358 | (5,803) | 6,308 | - | - | 6,308 |
Asset quality | (1,349) | 112 | - | (1,935) | (3,172) | - | - | (3,172) |
Risk-weighted assets efficiencies | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Model Updates | 1,620 | (1) | - | - | 1,619 | - | (400) | 1,219 |
Methodology and policy changes | 38 | 39 | - | - | 77 | - | (1,300) | (1,223) |
Acquisitions and disposals | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Foreign currency translation | (2,296) | (1,207) | - | (1,374) | (4,877) | - | - | (4,877) |
Other, Including non-credit risk movements | - | (841) | - | (1,234) | (2,075) | 1,618 | 5,116 | 4,659 |
At 31 December 2024 | 112,100 | 41,002 | 2,243 | 33,958 | 189,303 | 29,479 | 28,283 | 247,065 |
Movements in risk-weighted assets
RWA increased by $2.9 billion, or 1.2 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $247.1 billion. This was mainly due to decrease in Credit Risk RWA of $2.1 billion, an increase in Market Risk RWA of $3.4 billion and Operational Risk RWA of $1.6 billion.
Corporate & Investment Banking
Credit Risk RWA increased by $9.4 billion, or 9.2 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $112.1 billion mainly due to:
• $11.4 billion increase from changes in asset growth & mix, of which:
- $9.0 billion increase from asset growth
- $3.1 billion increase from derivatives
- $0.8 billion decrease from optimisation actions
• $1.6 billion increase from industry-wide regulatory changes to align IRB model performance from adjustment to commercial real estate counterparties
• $2.3 billion decrease from foreign currency translation
• $1.3 billion decrease mainly due to an improvement in asset quality reflecting client upgrades
Page 74
Wealth & Retail Banking
Credit Risk RWA decreased by $1.6 billion, or 3.7 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $41.0 billion mainly due to:
• $1.2 billion decrease from foreign currency translation
• $0.8 billion decrease from reclassification of credit cards in Asia
• $0.3 billion increase from changes in asset growth & mix
• $0.1 billion increase mainly due to deterioration in asset quality mainly in Asia
Ventures
Ventures is comprised of Mox Bank Limited, Trust Bank and SC Ventures. Credit Risk RWA increased by $0.4 billion, or 19 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $2.2 billion from asset balance growth, mainly from SC Ventures.
Central & Other items
Central & Other items RWA mainly relate to the Treasury Market's liquidity portfolio, equity investments and current & deferred tax assets.
Credit Risk RWA decreased by $10.3 billion, or 23.4 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $34.0 billion mainly due to:
• $5.8 billion decrease from changes in asset growth & mix primarily from optimisation activities
• $1.9 billion decrease due to improvement in asset quality mainly from sovereign upgrades in Asia and Africa
• $1.4 billion decrease from foreign currency translation
• $1.2 billion decrease due to reporting enhancements
Market Risk
Total Market Risk RWA increased by $3.4 billion, or 13.7 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $28.3 billion primarily driven by:
• $1.7 billion increase in Standardised Approach (SA) Specific Interest Rate Risk RWA mainly due to increases in the Trading Book government bond portfolio
• $2.7 billion increase in Internal Models Approach (IMA) RWA from increases in VaR and Stressed VaR RWA due mainly to increased interest rate exposures, offset by a reduction of addons for Risks not in VaR
• $1.3 billion in the first quarter decrease due to a reduction in the IMA RWA multiplier resulting from fewer back-testing exceptions
Operational Risk
• Operational Risk RWA increased by $1.6 billion, or 5.8 per cent from 31 December 2023 to $29.5 billion, mainly due to a marginal increase in average income as measured over a rolling three-year time horizon for certain products.
Leverage ratio
The Group's leverage ratio, which excludes qualifying claims on central banks, was 4.8 per cent at FY2024, which was above the current minimum requirement of 3.7 per cent. The leverage ratio was 10 basis points higher than FY2023. Leverage exposure increased by $21.2 billion from decrease in claims on central banks of $15.5 billion, an increase in Derivatives of $15.9 billion, securities financing transactions of $1.2 billion, decrease in asset amounts deducted in determining Tier 1 capital (Leverage) of $0.6 billion, partly offset by decrease in Off-balance sheet items of $5.0 billion, Other Assets of $4.7 billion, and securities financing transaction add-on of $2.4 billion. Tier 1 capital increased by $1.9 billion as CET1 capital increased by $0.9 billion and AT1 capital increased by $1.0 billion following the issuance of $1.6 billion partly offset by the redemption of $0.6 billion AT1 securities.
Page 75
Leverage ratio
| 31.12.24 | 31.12.23 |
Tier 1 capital (end point) | 41,672 | 39,806 |
Derivative financial instruments | 81,472 | 50,434 |
Derivative cash collateral | 11,046 | 10,337 |
Securities financing transactions (SFTs) | 98,801 | 97,581 |
Loans and advances and other assets | 658,369 | 664,492 |
Total on-balance sheet assets | 849,688 | 822,844 |
Regulatory consolidation adjustments1 | (76,197) | (92,709) |
Derivatives adjustments | | |
Derivatives netting | (63,934) | (39,031) |
Adjustments to cash collateral | (10,169) | (9,833) |
Net written credit protection | 2,075 | 1,359 |
Potential future exposure on derivatives | 51,323 | 42,184 |
Total derivatives adjustments | (20,705) | (5,321) |
Counterparty risk leverage exposure measure for SFTs | 4,198 | 6,639 |
Off-balance sheet items | 118,607 | 123,572 |
Regulatory deductions from Tier 1 capital | (7,247) | (7,883) |
Total exposure measure excluding claims on central banks | 868,344 | 847,142 |
Leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%) | 4.8% | 4.7% |
Average leverage exposure measure excluding claims on central banks | 894,296 | 853,968 |
Average leverage ratio excluding claims on central banks (%) | 4.7% | 4.6% |
Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer | 0.1% | 0.1% |
G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer | 0.4% | 0.4% |
1 Includes adjustment for qualifying central bank claims and unsettled regular way trades
Page 76
Statement of directors' responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and Company financial statements for each financial year.
Under that law:
• the Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union
• the Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards as applied in accordance with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, and
• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and Company and of their profit or loss for that period.
In preparing each of the Group and Company financial statements, the directors are required to:
• select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently
• make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant and reliable
• state whether they have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union
• assess the Group and the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern, and
• use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Strategic Report, a Directors' Report, a Directors' Remuneration Report and a Corporate Governance Statement that comply with that law and those regulations.
The directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company's website. Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements differs from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement of the directors in respect of the annual financial report
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge:
• The financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, and
• The Strategic report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Company and the undertakings included
in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the emerging risks and uncertainties that they face
Page 77
We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group's position and performance, business model and strategy.
By order of the Board.
Diego De Giorgi
Group Chief Financial Officer
21 February 2025
Page 78
Shareholder information
Dividend and Interest Payment Dates
Ordinary Shares | Final Dividend |
Results and dividend announced | 21 February 2025 |
Ex-dividend date | 27 (UK) 26 (HK) March 2025 |
Record date for dividend | 28 March 2025 |
Last date to amend currency election instructions for cash dividend* | 24 April 2025 |
Dividend payment date | 19 May 2025 |
* In either United States dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars
Preference Shares | 1st half yearly dividend | 2nd half yearly dividend |
73∕8 per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 | 1 April 2025 | 1 October 2025 |
81∕4 per cent non-cumulative irredeemable preference shares of £1 each | 1 April 2025 | 1 October 2025 |
6.409 per cent non-cumulative redeemable preference shares of $5 each | 30 January and 30 April 2025 | 30 July and 30 October 2025 |
7.014 per cent non-cumulative redeemable preference shares of $5 each | 30 January 2025 | 30 July 2025 |
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (AGM) will be held on Thursday, 8 May 2025 at 11.00am UK time (6.00pm Hong Kong time). Further details regarding the format, location and business to be transacted at the meeting will be disclosed within the 2025 Notice of AGM.
Interim results
The interim results will be announced to the London Stock Exchange and the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and put on the Company's website.
Country-by-Country Reporting
In accordance with the requirements of the Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) Regulations 2013, the Group will publish additional country-by-country information in respect of the year ended 31 December 2024, on or before 31 December 2025. We have also published our UK Tax Strategy.
Pillar 3 Reporting
In accordance with the Pillar 3 disclosure requirements, the Group will publish the Pillar 3 Disclosures in respect of the year ended 31 December 2024, on or before 21 February 2025.
ShareCare
ShareCare is available to shareholders on the Company's UK register who have a UK address and bank account. It allows you to hold your Standard Chartered PLC shares in a nominee account. Your shares will be held in electronic form so you will no longer have to worry about keeping your share certificates safe. If you join ShareCare, you will still be invited to attend the Company's AGM and you will receive any dividend at the same time as everyone else. ShareCare is free to join and there are no annual fees to pay.
Donating shares to ShareGift
Shareholders who have a small number of shares often find it uneconomical to sell them. An alternative is to consider donating them to the charity ShareGift (registered charity 1052686), which collects donations of unwanted shares until there are enough to sell and uses the proceeds to support UK charities. There is no implication for capital gains tax (no gain or loss) when you donate shares to charity and UK taxpayers may be able to claim income tax relief on the value of their donation.
Bankers' Automated Clearing System (BACS)
Dividends can be paid straight into your bank or building society account.
Registrars and shareholder enquiries
If you have any enquiries relating to your shareholding and you hold your shares on the UK register, please contact our registrar at investorcentre.co.uk/contactus. Alternatively, please contact Computershare Investor Services PLC, The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol, BS99 6ZZ or call the shareholder helpline number on 0370 702 0138. If you hold your shares on the Hong Kong branch register and you have enquiries, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
Page 79
Substantial shareholders
The Company and its shareholders have been granted partial exemption from the disclosure requirements under Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (SFO). As a result of this exemption, shareholders, directors and chief executives, no longer have an obligation under Part XV of the SFO (other than Divisions 5, 11 and 12 thereof) to notify the Company of substantial shareholding interests, and the Company is no longer required to maintain a register of interests of substantial shareholders under section 336 of the SFO, nor a register of directors' and chief executives' interests under section 352 of the SFO. The Company is, however, required to file with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited any disclosure of interests made in the UK.
Taxation
No tax is currently withheld from payments of dividends by Standard Chartered PLC. Shareholders and prospective purchasers should consult an appropriate independent professional adviser regarding the tax consequences of an investment in shares in light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any national, state or local laws.
Chinese translation
If you would like a Chinese language version of the 2024 Annual Report, please contact Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, 17M Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen's Road East, Wan Chai, Hong Kong.
二〇二四年年報之中文譯本可向香港中央證券登記有限公司索取, 地址:香港灣仔皇后大道東183號合和中心17M樓。
Shareholders on the Hong Kong branch register who have asked to receive corporate communications in either Chinese or English can change this election by contacting Computershare. If there is a dispute between any translation and the English version of this Annual Report, the English text shall prevail.
Electronic communications
If you hold your shares on the UK register and in future you would like to receive the Annual Report electronically rather than by post, please register online at: investorcentre.co.uk. Click on 'register now' and follow the instructions. You will need to have your Shareholder or ShareCare reference number to hand. You can find this on your share certificate or ShareCare statement. Once you have registered and confirmed your email communication preference, you will receive future notifications via email enabling you to submit your proxy vote online. In addition, as a member of Investor Centre, you will be able to manage your shareholding online and change your bank mandate or address information.
Page 80
Important notices
Forward-looking statements
Forward-looking statements
The information included in this document may contain 'forward-looking statements' based upon current expectations or beliefs as well as statements formulated with assumptions about future events. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, projections, estimates, commitments, plans, approaches, ambitions and targets (including, without limitation, ESG commitments, ambitions and targets). Forward-looking statements often use words such as 'may', 'could', 'will', 'expect', 'intend', 'estimate', 'anticipate', 'believe', 'plan', 'seek', 'aim', 'continue' or other words of similar meaning to any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may also (or additionally) be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts.
By their very nature, forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results, and the Group's plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements. Readers should not place reliance on, and are cautioned about relying on, any forward-looking statements.
There are several factors which could cause the Group's actual results and its plans and objectives to differ materially from those expressed or implied in forward-looking statements. The factors include (but are not limited to): changes in global, political, economic, business, competitive and market forces or conditions, or in future exchange and interest rates; changes in environmental, geopolitical, social or physical risks; legal, regulatory and policy developments, including regulatory measures addressing climate change and broader sustainability-related issues; the development of standards and interpretations, including evolving requirements and practices in ESG reporting; the ability of the Group, together with governments and other stakeholders to measure, manage, and mitigate the impacts of climate change and broader sustainability-related issues effectively; risks arising out of health crises and pandemics; risks of cyber-attacks, data, information or security breaches or technology failures involving the Group; changes in tax rates or policy; future business combinations or dispositions; and other factors specific to the Group, including those identified in the Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group. To the extent that any forward-looking statements contained in this document are based on past or current trends and/or activities of the Group, they should not be taken as a representation that such trends or activities will continue in the future.
No statement in this document is intended to be, nor should be interpreted as, a profit forecast or to imply that the earnings of the Group for the current year or future years will necessarily match or exceed the historical or published earnings of the Group. Each forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date that it is made. Except as required by any applicable laws or regulations, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statement contained within this document, regardless of whether those statements are affected as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Please refer to the Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group for a discussion of certain of the risks and factors that could adversely impact the Group's actual results, and cause its plans and objectives, to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements.
Non-IFRS performance measures and alternative performance measures
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. Standard Chartered PLC's financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards (IAS) as applied in conformity with section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. This document may contain financial measures and ratios not specifically defined under IFRS or IAS and/or alternative performance measures as defined in the European Securities and Market Authority guidelines. Such measures may exclude certain items which management believes are not representative of the underlying performance of the business and which distort period-on-period comparison. These measures are not a substitute for IAS or IFRS measures and are based on a number of assumptions that are subject to uncertainties and change. Please refer to the Annual Report and the financial statements of the Group for further information, including reconciliations between the underlying and reported measures.
Page 81
Financial instruments
Nothing in this document shall constitute, in any jurisdiction, an offer or solicitation to sell or purchase any securities or other financial instruments, nor shall it constitute a recommendation or advice in respect of any securities or other financial instruments or any other matter.
Caution regarding climate and environment related information
Some of the climate and environment related information in this document is subject to certain limitations, and therefore the reader should treat the information provided, as well as conclusions, projections and assumptions drawn from such information, with caution. The information may be limited due to a number of factors, which include (but are not limited to): a lack of reliable data; a lack of standardisation of data; and future uncertainty. The information includes externally sourced data that may not have been verified. Furthermore, some of the data, models and methodologies used to create the information is subject to adjustment which is beyond our control, and the information is subject to change without notice.
General
You are advised to exercise your own independent judgement (with the advice of your professional advisers as necessary) with respect to the risks and consequences of any matter contained in this document. The Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and responsibility for any decisions or actions which you may take and for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or reliance on the information contained in this document.
Basis of Preparation and Caution Regarding Data Limitations
This section is specifically relevant to, amongst others, the sustainability and climate models, calculations and disclosures throughout this report. The information contained in this document has been prepared on the following basis:
i. disclosures in the Strategic report, Sustainability review, Directors' report, Risk review and Capital review and Supplementary information are unaudited unless otherwise stated;
ii. all information, positions and statements set out in this document are subject to change without notice;
iii. the information included in this document does not constitute any investment, accounting, legal, regulatory or tax advice or an invitation or recommendation to enter into any transaction;
iv. the information included in this document may have been repaired using models, methodologies and data which are subject to certain limitations. These limitations include: the limited availability of reliable data, data gaps, and the nascent nature of the methodologies and technologies underpinning this data; the limited standardisation of data (given, amongst other things, limited international coordination on data and methodology standards); and future uncertainty (due, amongst other things, to changing projections relating to technological development and global and regional laws, regulations and policies, and the current inability to make use of strong historical data);
v. models, external data and methodologies used in information included in this document are or could be subject to adjustment which is beyond our control;
vi. any opinions and estimates should be regarded as indicative, preliminary and for illustrative purposes only. Expected and actual outcomes may differ from those set out in this document (as explained in the "Forward-looking statements" section above);
vii. some of the related information appearing in this document may have been obtained from public and other sources and, while the Group believes such information to be reliable, it has not been independently verified by the Group and no representation or warranty is made by the Group as to its quality, completeness, accuracy, fitness for a particular purpose or noninfringement of such information;
viii. for the purposes of the information included in this document, a number of key judgements and assumptions have been made. It is possible that the assumptions drawn, and the judgement exercised may subsequently turn out to be inaccurate. The judgements and data presented in this document are not a substitute for judgements and analysis made independently by the reader;
Page 82
ix. any opinions or views of third parties expressed in this document are those of the third parties identified, and not of the Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents. By incorporating or referring to opinions and views of third parties, the Group is not, in any way, endorsing or supporting such opinions or views;
x. whilst the Group bears primary responsibility for the information included in this document, it does not accept responsibility for the external input provided by any third parties for the purposes of developing the information included in this document;
xi. the data contained in this document reflects available information and estimates at the relevant time;
xii. where the Group has used any methodology or tools developed by a third party, the application of the methodology or tools (or consequences of its application) shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take precedence over the application
of the methodology or tools;
xiii. where the Group has used any underlying data provided or sourced by a third party, the use of the data shall not be interpreted as conflicting with any legal or contractual obligations and such legal or contractual obligations shall take precedence over the use of the data;
xiv. this Important Notice is not limited in applicability to those sections of the document where limitations to data, metrics and methodologies are identified and where this Important Notice is referenced. This Important Notice applies to the whole document;
xv. further development of reporting, standards or other principles could impact the information included in this document or any metrics, data and targets included in this document (it being noted that ESG reporting and standards are subject to rapid change and development); and
xvi. while all reasonable care has been taken in preparing the information included in this document, neither the Group nor any of its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents make any representation or warranty as to its quality, accuracy or completeness, and they accept no responsibility or liability for the contents of this information, including any errors of fact, omission or opinion expressed. You are advised to exercise your own independent judgement (with the advice of your professional advisers as necessary) with respect to the risks and consequences of any matter contained in this document.
The Group, its affiliates, directors, officers, employees or agents expressly disclaim any liability and responsibility for any decisions or actions which you may take and for any damage or losses you may suffer from your use of or reliance on the information contained in this document.
Copyright in all materials, text, articles and information contained in this document (other than third party materials, text, articles and information) is the property of, and may only be reproduced with permission of an authorised signatory of, the Group.
Copyright in materials, text, articles and information created by third parties and the rights under copyright of such parties are hereby acknowledged. Copyright in all other materials not belonging to third parties and copyright in these materials as a compilation vests and shall remain at all times copyright of the Group and should not be reproduced or used except for business purposes on behalf of the Group or save with the express prior written consent of an authorised signatory of the Group.
All rights reserved.
Page 83
RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services. For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy Policy.